PACIFIC LUTHERAN UNIVERSITY

BULLETIN� 1964

Pacific Lutheran University Bulletin: Announcements for 1964-65

Catalog for 1963-64

TABLE OF CONTENTS

School Calendar

The University

The Campus

Admissions .

Finances

Financial Aid

Student Affairs

Summer Session

Late Alternoon and Evening Classes

Academic Procedures .

Academic Organization .

Academic Preparation

Courses of Instruction

The Register

Index. . .

Poge

7

8

10

13

17

21

:n

53

78

151

171

Objectives o..f The Un£'versity

Pacific Lutheran University, born of the Reformation spirit, main·

tains the privilege of exploration and learning in all areas of the

arts, sciences. and religion. The basi-e concern of Martin Luther was

religious, but his rejection of church tradition as primary authoritJ",

and his own free search for religious truth, served in effect to b:berate

the modern mind in its quest for all truth. The total impad of Luther's

stand has permanently shaped the modern world and helped provide

the modern university with its basi<: methodology.

Pacific Lutheran University is a communit" 0/ professing Christian

scholars dedicated to a philosophy of liberal education. The major

goals of the institution are to inculcate a respect for learning and

truth, to free the mind from the confinements of ignorance and preju·

di-ee. to organize the powers of clear thought and expression, to

preserve and extend knowledge, to help men achieve professional

competence, and to establish lifelong habits of study, reflection, and

learning. Through an emplwsis on the liberating arts, the university

seeks to develop Grentive, reflective, a.nd responsible persons. At the

same time, the acquisition of specialized information and teehnical

skill is recognized as a condition of successful involvement in the

modern world. The university seeks to develop the evaluative and

spiritual capacities of the student and to acquaint him honestly with

rival claims to the true and the good. It encourages the pursuit oj

rich a,nd ennobling experiences and the development of significant

personhood through an appreciation of man's intellectual, artistic,

cultural, and natll,ral surroundings. The university affirms /:ts funda.

mental obligation to confront liberally educated men with the clwl·

lenges of Christian faith and 10 instill in them a tme sense of vocation.

By providing a rich variet), of social experiences, Pacific Lwheran

University seeks to develop in the student a joy in abundant living, a

feeling for the welfare and personal integrity of others, good taste,

a,nd a sense of social propriety and adequacy. Distinguishing between

personal Christian ethics and normal social controls, the university

adopts only such rules as seem necessary for the welfare of the

educational community.

The physical development of the student is regarded as an integral

part of his liberal education. Hence the university encourages par·

ticipation in phy.lical activities and respect for health and fitness.

Professing a concern for the entire nature of man, the faculty of

the university encourages wholesome development of Christian faith

and life by providing opportunities for worship and meditation,

offering systematic studies of religion and encouraging free investi·

gation and discllssion of basic religious questions. The Universit}'

believes the essence of Christianity to be personal faith in God as

Creator and Redeemer, and it believes that such a faith born oj the

Holy Spirit generates integrative power capable of guidl:ng men to

illuminating perspectives and worthy purposes. The universit}' com·

munity confesses the faith that the ultimate meaning and purpose of

human life are to be discovered in the person and work of Jesus

Christ.

As an educational aT1n of the Church, Pacific Lutheran: University

provides a locus for the fruitful interplay of Christian faith and all

of human learning and cultnre, and as such holds it a responsibility

to discover, explore, and develop new frontiers. Believing that (ttl

truth is God's truth, the university, in achieving its educational and

spiritual goals, maintains the right and indeed the obligalion of

faculty and students to engage in an unbiased search for truth in all

realms.

-5 M T W T F 5

I 2 3.

5 678 91011

JAN. 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

1.20 21 22 23 U 25

26 27 Z8 29 30 3 I

-

fF

-

MAA.

A

r--

j

f

MAR

-

I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 II 12 IJ 14 15

16 17 18 192021 22

23 242526272829 -

I 2 3 • 5 6 7 8 9 10 II 12 13 14

15 16 17 18 192021

ZZ 2J Z4 25 26 27 28

293031

I 2 3 4

5 6 7 8 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

19 20 21 22 2J 24 25

26 27 28 29 JO

5 M T W

3 4 .; 6

T F "

I 2 7 1\ 9

10 II 12 1.1 HI.; 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2.1 24 25 26 27 28 29 Jil .11

I 2 3 4 S 6 7 1\ 9101112 1.1

14 15 16 17 IS 19 20 21 Z2 2.1 24 l.; 26 27 2X

I 2 J 4 5 6 7 8 91011 121.1

14 I., 1(, 17 III 1920 21 22 2.1 24 25 26 21 28 29 .10.11

I 2 3 4 5 6 7 1\ 910

II 12 I.l 14 I.; 16 17

18 192021 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

MAY

JU

-

JULY

Aue.

IV

JU

JUl Y

AU�

5 M T W T F 5 5 M T W T F 5 '64 I 2

I 2 3 • 5 3 • 5 678 9

678 91011 12 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 SfP 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 17 18 192021 22 23

20 21 22 23 24 25 26 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

27 28 29 30 31

I 2 3 4 5 6 I 2 3

7 8 91011 12 1J 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

14 15 16 17 18 1920 OCT II 12 13 14 IS 16 17

21 22 ZJ 24 25 26 27 18 192021 22 2J 24

28 29 JO 252627282930 JI

I 2 3. I 2 J 4 5 6 7

5 6 7 8 9 10 II 8 9 10 II 12 IJ 14

12 IJ 14 15 16 17 18 NOV. 15 16 17 18 192021

19 20 2 I 22 23 24 25 22 2J 24 25 26 27 28

26 27 28 29 JO 31 29 JO

2 J 4 5 678 I 2 J 4 5

6 7 8 9 10 \I 12 9 10 \I 12 13 14 15 DEC IJ .. 15 16 17 18 19

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2021 22 2J U 25 26

2JU252627282V 272829 JOJI

.10.11

5 M T W T F 5 " M T W T F 5 '65 I 1 3 4

2 J 4 .; 6 7 1\ 9 10 II 12 I.l H I.; SfP .i 6 7 8 9 10 II

12 1.1 I·j 15 16 17 18 16 17 18 192021 22 192021 12 2.1 24 25

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30.11 26 27 211 29 JO

I 2 3 4 5 I 2

6 7 1\ 9101112 3 4 5 6 7 1\ 9

1.1 I·j I.; 16 17 18 1') OCT 10 II 12 13 14 15 16

20 21 22 2J 24 25 26 17 III If) 20 21 22 2.1 24 25 26 27 211 29 30

27 28 29 30 �I_- ---

I 2 3 I 2 3 4 5 6 4 .i 6 7 1\ fl III

NOV 7 1\ 9 10 II 12 13

1\ 12 1.1 H I.; 16 17 14 15 16 17 III 1920 IX 19 20 21 12 2.1 24 21 22 2.124 25 26 27 25 26 n 2829 .111 .11 211 29 30

I 2 3 4 5 6 7 I 2 J 4

8 9 10 II 12 I.l H 5 6 7 8 910 II 15 16 17 I II 19 20 21 OFt. 12 13 H 15 16 17 IS 2l 2.1 14 25 26 2i 28 192021 Z2 2.1 24 25 20 .10 .11 26 27 211 29 30 .1 I

7

School Calendar 1964-1965

Summer Session 1964

Registration begins at 8:3 0 a.m .

Classes begin at 7 :30 a.m.

First Term ends

Second Tenn Classes begin 7:3 0 a.m .. . ....... ... . . . . . .. .

Summer Session closes

First Semester 1964-65

Friday, June 12

Monday, June 1 5

. Wednesday, July 15

Thursday, July 1 6

Friday, August 1 4

Orientation days.

Hegistration

Classes begin 7 : 50 a.m.

..... .. .. Sunday, September 13 · Wednesday, September 16

Monday, September 1 4· Wednesday, September 16

.._Thursday, September 1 7

Last date for adding a course Wednesday, September 30

Last date for discontinuing a course without recei ving a grade

:\1id·semester

Thanksgiving Recess begins 1 2 : 3 0 p.m.

Thanksgiving Recess ends 7 : 50 a.m.

Christmas Recess begins 1 0: 00 p.m.

.Wednesday, October 14

.Friday, November 1.3

.. Wednesday, November 2 5

..Monday, November 3 0

. . Friday, December 1 8

1965

Chri;;tmas Recess ends 7:50 a.m.

Examinations

Semester ends

Monday, January 4

. Mon day, January 1 8· Friday, January 22

Friday, January 22

Second Semester 1964·65

Registration of new studen ts

Classes begin 7 :50 a.m.

. Monday, Janu ary 25 · Wednesday, January 2 7

Last date for adding a course

Last date for discont inuing a course without receiving a grade

Mi d·semester

Easter Recess begins 1 0: 00 p.m . .

Easter Recess ends 7 :5 0 a.m .... _

Examinations

Baccalau reate Service 11 :00 a.m ..

Monday,

Commencement 3 : 3 0 p.m. . ..... __ .. . _ ...... _ ... _ . ... .

Thursday, January 2 8

.. Wednesday, February 1 0

.Wednesday, February 2 4

Friday, March 26

Friday, April 9

Tuesday, April 2 0

May 2 4 - Friday, May 28

Sunday, May 30

..Sunday, May 3 0

The Uni'versity

HISTORY

Founded ill 1890 by the Rev. Bjug Harstad, Pacific Lutheran University has occupied the same location since its beginning.

AILhough named Pa(:ifie Lutheran University, the institution opened as an

academy on October 14, 1894 and became a junior eollege in 1921. Ten years later, it was organized into a three·year normal school, which became a college of education in 1 939. In 1941, still a small and struggling institution, it assumed the role of a collep;e of liberal arts. It was known a� Pacific: Lutheran College from 1920 unti l 1960, when, becau.e of a restructuring of its organization, it again assumed its original name, Pacific Lutheran University.

Two Lutheran insti tutions have merged with the UniveTsity-Columbia Col ·

ICffc of Everett, Washington i n 1920, and Spokane College of Spokane, Wash· ington in 1930.

Begi nning about 1945, the University experiencf�d great growth, benefitin g from dynamic leadership, a s well as from factors which led t o the expansion of higher education on a national scale. Today it operates with an academic struc· ture embracing a College of A rts and Sciences and a College of Professional and ,raduate Studies. The latter includes a School of Business Admi nistration, a School of Education, a School of Fine and Applied A rts, and a School of Nursing. A Division of Graduate Studies offers work leading to a Master's degree.

Robert Mortvedt, who was elected iu 1 962, is the eighth president of the University. Other presidents, all deceased, were : Bjug Harstad, 1 890·95, 1897· 91l; Ole Gronsberg, 1895-97; ils J. Hong, 1898-1918; John U. Xavier (acting), 1920·21; Olaf J. Ordahl, 1 921·28; Oscar A. Ti ngelstad, 1<)28·43; Seth C. East· void, 1943-62.

LOCATION

estled in the southern reaches of Puget Sound in the heart of the Evergreen Playground lies Tacoma, Washington, a metropolitan area of some 250,000 population. The University is located in Parkland, one of Tacoma's unincorpo­rated suburbs. The campus is seven miles south of the eity center and is adjacent to vne of the main arterials, theMt. Rainier highway.

Towering mountain peaks flank the beautiful natural setting of the Puget Sound country. Hundreds of streams course down to Puget Sound through ever· green forest slopes of the Olympic Mountains on the west and the Cascade Range on the east. Scores of lakes dot tbe area. The Evergreen Playground is ideal for boating, ski ing, swimming, hiking, fishing and hunting.

OWNERSHW AND SUPPORT

The University is owned and operated by Pacific Lutheran University, Inc., a Washington corporation whose purpose is to maintain a Christian i nstitution of higher learning. Membership of this corporation coincides with the member­shi p of North Pacific District of the American Lutheran Church and the mem-

bership of that portion of the ALe's Roeky Mountain District which is located in Idaho and Montana west of the Continental Divide.

The annual meeting of the corporation is held in conjunction with the annual convention of the North Pacific District.

Voting members include the members of the Board of Regents, and tbe pm;tors and lay delegates of congregations in the constituent area.

The University receives regular financial support froIll the American Lutheran Church, the Pacific orthwest Synod of the Lutheran Church in America and from the Pacific Lutheran niversity Alumni Association.

In addition to Church assistance , the Un iversity reeeives considerable support from individuals, organizations and businesses throughont the nation and world.

GOVERNMENT

The policy.-making and governing hody of the University is the Board of Regents. On the basis of recommendatiow< made by the Presi dent, it eharts a wurRe for the dc,'elopment of the total program of the University and strives to provide cssential funds .

The University corporation's constitution provides for 27 r�gents of whom 2S are elected for three-year terms. Fifteen regents represent the North Pacific anrl Rocky Mountain Distric ts of the American Lutheran Church, six arc chosen by the Pacific Northwest Synod of the Lutheran Church in America, two repre· sent the PLU Alumni Association , and two arc chosen at large by the Board of Regents. The President of the University and the President of the North Paeifit; District are regents by virtue of their position.

ACCREDITATION

Pacific Lutheran University is fully accredited by tbe Northwest Association of S(�condary and H igher Schools as a four-year institution of higher education and by the Washington State Board of Education for teacher education. The University is accredited by the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education for the preparation of elementary and secondary teachers with the Master's degree as the h ighest degree approved.

The University is a member of the Association of American Colleges, the Amerir:an Council on Education, the National Lutheran Educational Confer­ence, and the Independent Colleges of Washi ngton, Incorporated. It is approved by the American Association of University Women and by the American Chemical Society.

STUDENT BODY

Approximately 3,000 students will be served by the University during the current school year and summer session. Full·time enrollment each semester i s around 1,500. While the majority o f the students come from the State of

ashington, about 30 states and several foreign countries are represented. When it comes to religious affiliation, the majority are of the Lutheran faith, but some 20 other church groups are represented.

FACULTY

The University has a full·time teaching faculty of 94 persons. There are some 50 part·time teachers, most of whom are connected with the late afternoon and evening program and the summer session. Qualities expected of faculty memo bers include conviction to the Christian faith, deep concern for the individual student, cx�el lcnt preparation in a recognized graduate school, and a des ire and

an ability to teach.

ALum I

The Alumni Association numbers over 5,500 persons, l iving all over the world. l\'lembers of the teaching profession comprise the largest segment of the alumni. Hundreds are engaged in the work of the Church as pastors, mission­aries, parish workers and other special ties. PLU alumni serve their God, their fellow men and their countries in a host of other pro fessions and vocations.

THE CAMPUS

Beautiful natural snrroundings blended with modern buildings and facilities characterize the 126-acre campus of Pacific Lutheran. Stately Douglas fir trees, a variety of blooming and evergreen shrubs, lush green lawns and flower beds oct off the buildings and make the campus attractive the year around. Majestic l\It. Rainier, rioing to an altitude of 14,410 feet about 30 mi les away, dominates the setting.

Campus outdoor recreational facilities include a nine-hole, 2048-yard golf course, tenn is courts., athletic fields, and a swimming pool covered with a

plastic air house for year around use.

Most of the University bui ldings are located on what is termed the "upp er camp us." The "lower campus," below a slight hill to the south , is the setting for ath letic facilities, residence halls for men, a dining hall and apartments for married students.

The main cam pus is bounded by South 121st Street on the north and South 127th Street on the south. by Park Avenue oh the east and South "I" Street on the west.

U N IVERSITY BUILDINGS

Academic

Tacoma-Pierce Administration Building, a two-story steel and concrete struc­ture, was completed in 1960. It houses the administrative offices of the Univer­sity, 21 classrooms, faculty offices, studios and master control for closed circui t television, and a chapel-auditorium seating 175 persons.

The Library has reading rooms for 200 students, stacks for 85,000 volumes, classrooms and olTices. In addition to the main collection of about 70,000 catalo/!:ued volumes, there are special collections, rare books and an archival collection of the development of the Lutheran Church in the Pacific North west.

The Science Hall, a three-story brick structure, was built in 1947 and added to in 1959. It contains laboratory, classroom, l ibrary, museum, research and office facilities for the departments of biology, chemistry, geology, mathematics and physics.

Memorial Gymnasium, built in 1947, provides classrooms, and actIvIty areas for the department of health and physical education, and accommodations for intramural and i ntercollegiate athletics_ There is seating for 2,700 spectators in the gymnasium.

Eastvold Chapel, completed in 1952, seats 1,238 persons and is used for daily chapel, concerts, special events and plays. The multi· purpose structure also contains classrooms, work areas, stage and a radio studio for the department of speech; studios, l ibrary, ensemble practice rooms and i ndividual practice rooms for the department of music; a devotional chapel and offices for the student con gregation_

The Classroom Building, built in 1947, is a two-story brick veneer structure which has four classrooms, faculty oflices, a stage, kitchen and photography laboratory.

The Art Building, a two-story frame buildin/!:, eontains classroom, laboratory and olTices for the department of art.

Stuell Hall, a two-story converted residence, houses laboratory and oilice facilities for the department of psychology.

Services

The College Union Bui lding, completed in 1955 and added to in 1959, con­tains a cafeteria, Chris Knutzen Fellowship Hall, bookstore, coffee shop, recrea­tional and social lounges, oAices for student publications and government and a small dining room.

Columbia Center, a two-story frame and masonry structure completed i n 1962, contains a cafeteria, coffee shop, bakery and pro shop for the College Golf Course_

The Student Health Center, a converted residence, houses offices for the University doctors and nurses, out-patIent treatment areas, and beds for 10 patients_

The Warehouse and Shops are used for the storage of equipment and the maintenance of the physical plant.

Residenc RaUs for Men

J- P_ PAueger RaIl, completed in 196:3. is a three-story building which accom­modates 200 students _ It has a large formal lounge. a reercation lounge and outdoor recreational facili ties_ Each wing has two study rooms and laundry facilities.

Evergreen Court, a one-story frame complex, houses 69 students_ Its 24 units have private baths and individual outdoor entrances_ A lounge and self-service laundry are attached_

Ivy Court , a one-story frame complex of foUl' wings, houses 83 students_ It has a l ou n g e with kitchen, and a self-service laundry.

Clover Creek Hall i� a one-story frame building with 12 single rooms_ It has a lounge and laundry facilities_

R.asmussen Hall, a converted residence, aceommodates 10 students_

R sidence Halls for Women

Harstad Hall, a six-story solid brick bu ilding completely refurbished in recent years, accommodates 254 students_ It has three lounges, a recreation room, self­service laundry and k itchen facilities_

outh Hall, a three-story brick and steel building built in 1955, accommo· dates 130 stndents. Its facil ities include two large lounges with kitchens, two study lounges with small kitchens, a self-service laundry, and accommodations for commuting students_

North Hall, a three-story brick and steel building built in 1955, houses 115 students. Its facilities include two large lounges with kitcbens, two study lounges and a self-service laundry.

West Hall, a three-story Lrick and steel building completed in 1957, houses 122 studen ts_ Its faGilities include a large lounge with k itchen, two study lounges with small kitchens, and a self-service laundry_

Other Living Units

The President's Residence is a brick rambler located on the corner of Park Avenue and South 123rd Street.

Cramer Cottage is a two-story frame home used as the residence for the pastor of the student congregation_ It is located on the eorner of Park Avenue and Wheeler Street_

University apartments are two- and three-bedroom one-story frame units for rental by married students_

Adnli sio71s

The student hody at Pacific Lutheran University is carefully selected. The University adher . to the prac:tice that every student accepted should possess the high academic and personal traits which experience has shown ,vill enable him to succeed in college work.

In judging the qualifications of applicants, the Committee on Admissions usually adheres to the following basic requirements :

1. Graduatjon from an aceredited high school or evidence of satisfactory work at another collelle of recognized standing.

2. Satisfactory grade point average and satisfactory rank in high school graduating ('lass.

:1. Satisfactory scores on the College Entrance Examination Board Scholastic A p t itude Test. This is not required of students transferring from other col leges.

4. Evidence of good moral character.

REComlEND �D mGR SCHOOL COURSE

It is reeommended, hut not required, that the high school course of an appli. cant include: English, 4 units; elementary algebra, 1 unit; plane geometry, 1 unit; social studies, 2 units ; one foreign language, 2 units; one laboratory ,,:ience, I un it : electives,S units.

ADMISSIONS PROCEDURES

An applicant seeking adm ission should address a letter to the Director of Adrni:'!>ions requesting the necessary form;;. A ·tudent planning to enroll for either the first or second semester may submit his application for admission in ONobcr of the year preceding enrollment.

The following credentials must be submitted:

1. A formal applicaJion. This should be made on the standard three-pag� form designed for Washington ilL titutions of higher learning. Persons trans· ferring from another college need submit only page one of this form. These form may be obtained from high school counselors (for those l iving in Washington) or directly from the Director of Admissions. A ten· dollar fee should accompany the application. This fee is not refundable if a student is accepted. lL will De returned if an application is rejected. Checks or money orders 'hould be made payable' to Pacific Lutheran University and mailed to the Director of Admissions.

2. Transcript of Credits. For high school students this should include grades for the first semester of the senior year. For transfer students this should include all college courses tak n to date.

3. References. Two character and academic references, preferabJy on the PL form, should be submitted from educators, pastors, or other qualified peroons.

4. College Entrallce Examina,ion Board Test. AU entering freshmen m u,[ take the .EEB, Scholastic Aptitude Test, and specify that the results are to be sent to PL . Information regarding this examination may he ob­tained from high school principals or guidance offices, or from the College Entrance Examination Board, Box 1025, Berkeley 12, California.

5. Physical Examination. Prior to registration, a student must take a phy&i­cal examination given by hi, personal physician. The forms for this exami­nation wiD be forwarded to a student with the notice of acceptance for admis­sion. Students will not be permitted to register until evidence of the physical examination has been received by tbe Student Health Service.

6. Depo i,. A deposit of $35_00 is required of all students when they have been aceepted for admission. If the student will be living on campus, this fee is considered a room deposit. For students living at hom or off campus, this i;; considered an advance payment of tuition. This deposit will be refunded if withdrawal is made before July I for the fall semester enrollment or before Jannary 15 for the spring semeslt;r enrollment.

Early Acceptance

Upon completion of the junior year in high school, a student may be provi­�ionally accepted for admission. This is contingent upon satisfactory completion of !tis high school �ourse, that he ranks in the LIpper 25 percent of his class, and that he complies with the arlmissions policy of the University.

Early Admission

Upon recommendation of his high chool principal, a student may be eligible for early admission to the UniversilY. He ml)>;t meet the following prOVISIOns:

1. Complete all graduation r quirements, except full residence.

2. Rank in the upper 10 percent of his class.

,1. Submit assuran c from his high school administration 'that he may obtain his high school diploma upon the satisfactory completion of a specified amount of acceptable collerre work.

4. Possess the necessary emotional maturity.

5. Comply with the admissions policy of the University.

Tran Cer Students

Students esmng to transfer from accredited institutions of collegiate rauk must submit to the Dirc:ctor of Admi;osions: a formal application for admis ion, complete official transcripts including a statement of honorable dismissal, recommendations from two references, and a physical examination record.

1. .redit will be granted for subjects which meet the requirements of the course chosen by the stnden t and for which the student has made grades of not less than "e."

2. Credit for subject.s in which the student has a grade of "D" will be with­held until the student has successfully completed onl' semester's work at the University.

3. Credit for courses taken at a junior college are transferable if the course is comp leted while the student is cl assi fied as a freshman or sophomore.

4. In order to be a candidate for a uegree, the stuuent must take the final 30 semester hours in residence.

dmi sion 10 the Division of Graduate Siudies

The procedure for admission to the Division of Graduate Studies is outlined in the section A cademic Organization.

Admission as a Special ludenl

The following persons, upon securing consent of the Comm i ttee on A dmis· sions, may be a umitted as special stuclents :

1 . Mature, competent i n dividuals who wish to supplement th,;ir p revious edu· cation a n d practical experience with additional formal education , bllt who do not desire to pursue a degree program .

2. Ma ture i n dividuals who are ineligible for admission a& regular students and who a re ueemed com petent by virtue of their demonstrated ability, or by their practical traini ng and experience, to benefit from the cou rses ther desire to take. Students in this catei!ory may ap ply for adm ission as reg ll lar students after they have Sllcces, fully removed the defieieneie In thpir parlier preparation.

Auditor"

" rel!ular or special stu den t may audit a course provideu he secures the a flproval of the Registrar and the i nstructor of the course. An auuitor attend, classe" bllt may not partic i p ate or reeeive credi t. 0 person may aud it a course without being- properly registered. Thi involves the payment of a speGial fee. Students may not reg-ister as aud i tors in "activity" or laboratory courses.

Honor.' ut Entrance

In a coordin ated p rogram of mukinf! awarrh by col lel!!:!) and univerSItIes whir:h are mernbe of the College Entrance Examination Board, the University ( ', o n f"'r;; Honors at Entrance. Recogn itio n is given for oubtandinl! achievement in high schools and in an tic i p ation of superior performance at the col lege level. The awards are not made i n recogn ition of financial need and carry no gran ts.

Auv<lnceu Placement Program

The University will eonsider the granting of advanced stan ding and credit in course,' taken i n high school according to th(· regulations set up under the Advanced Placement Program of the College Entrance Examination Board. Advanced placement will be g-ran ted aeeording- to the evaluations lUade by the Board and u pon recommendation of the aeademic college or school con · cerned.

When no dvaneed Placement Test for a subjec t exists, or when a depart· ment feels that the A dvanced Plaeement Test doe, not adeq uately measure mastery of the cou rse for which plaeement or credit is soug-ht, the Unh'ersity develops a p p ropriate instruments of evaluation.

A d vanced placement or credit may be granted to any student wi thou t l imit , except that those credits obtai neu h exam i nation may not be ap pl ieu towards the residence reqlLircments for graduation.

1 7

Finances

I t is the policy of the University to maintain high educational standards a t as l o w a cost a s possible. T h e support o f the cooperating Lutheran churches and friends who contribute toward the operation of the school enables the University to charge a lower tuit ion rate than would otherwise be possible.

TUITION (seme. ler)

General Tuition. 12- 1 7 hours Part-time tuition, per semester eredit hour

( Enrollment for 1 1 credit hours or less ) Late afternoon and evening <;lasses ( only ) per aedit hour

( Applicable only to parI-time students) Excess credi ts tuition, ahove 1 7 hours, per credit hour

GENERAL FEES (semester)

450.00 38.00

:10.00

2S.00

General fee, per semester, 8 hours or more :11 .00 ( Includes support of the following services : Student Body activities, Accident insuranc ', Health Service, Student Artist Series, Sap;a ( yearhook ) , and lntercollep;iate Athletics. )

Swimming Pool Construction Fee, per semester 6.00 ( Authorized by Assoeia ted Students, PLU)

Matriculation ( Paid only by stu dents en teri ng for first time ! S.OO

SPECIAL FEES

Audit, per credit hour Late rep;istration ( applicable on and after the first day of dasse, ) Change of n;"istration Breakage ticket ( chem istry studen ts only ) Master\ Thesis hinding charge, per copy Placemen t T ranscript, first copy free, ea(;h addit ional copy Graduate nurst:' examination

u rsinp:, locker fec deposit to he paid i n Cl in ical area ( refundable ) Off-campus Physical Education activities : Bowlinp;

ki i ng Bep;in n ing Typcwritinp;, non-credit service course

PRIVATE i\IUSIC FEES

Casavant orp:an rent, one period daily, per semester Orp:an rent, one period daily, per seme ter ( elect rie ) Organ rent, two lJeriods daily, per semester { electrie l Piano rent, one period da i ly, per semester Piano renl, two period!- daily, per semester

( No refund is made on th above fees )

20.00 S.OO 2.00 S.OO 5.00 5.00 1.00 R.OO 1 .00

1 4.00 4 1 .00 20.00

25.00 10.00 \05.00

5.00 7.50

1 8 FI

Private instructi on, per semester Organ, orchestral i n " truments, p iano, or voice

One t h i rty·minute period per week One si x ty·min ute period per week

BOARD AND ROOM

45.00 75.00

Board is furnished i n the University D i ning Halls at 821 0.00 per semeste r for students room i n g off campus, for th ree meals per day, except on Sunday whe n the evening meal is not provided. Meals are not served in the University Dining Hal ls during Thanksgiving, Christmas, and Easter vacations.

A deposi t of 835.00 is requi red to reserve a room. S lO.00 is held as a key and breakage fee for the year. S25.00 is held as a room deposit by the niver· sity u n t i l the student is graduated or withd raws from the Un iver ity . The deposit of $35 .00 i s refunded i f withdrawal i s made before luly 1.

A tine of $5 .00 w ill be levied for all unauthorized furni ture o r room changes. Room and hoard are furnished to resident studen ts, per semester, as follows :

Women ( 1964.65)

Harstad Hall, capacity 254 South Hall , capacity 130

orth Hall, capacity 1 1 5

West Hall, capacity 122

Men ( 1 964-65)

P Out'ger Ha l l, ca pacity 200 Clover Creek Hall, capac i ty 12

Evergre['n Court, capacity 69 Delta Hal l , capacity 40

Ivy Hall, capacity 8.1 Rasmussen Hall, ( .apacity 10

Fnmily Apartments

8350.00 350.00 350.00 350.00

8:350.00 285.00 :340.00 3S0.00 300.00 to 340.00 320.00

Two hedroom ( 1 6 units ) inc. water, per month 840.00 Three hedroom (8 units) i nc . water, per month 45.00 Family apartment deposit 25.00

deposit of $25.00 must accompany a reservation for family apartme nts.

This deposit will be held by the U n iversity until the occupant vacates the apartment.

One month advance rent for apartments i s required.

ESTIMATED COST PER SEM ESTER

The following table wil l a i d the students i n estimating maximum Tuition Board and room General fee Other required fees I300ks and supplies

ex penses : $450.00

350.00 31 .00

6.00

40.00

877.00

FI ' 'CES 1 9

Add personal expenses and multiply by two to obtain est imated cost for one school year of nine months.

Changc� in Ralcs

The University reserves the righ t to change its cha rges at any time without previous notice. However, after the beginning of any given semester no change w i l l be n,ade to be effective with in the semester, except i n case of extreme emergency.

PAYMENTS

Spmester bi l Is ure due and payable at the time of registrat ion . StudentB receiving scholarshi ps, gran ts or loans mnst complete all necessary arrange­ments well in advance of registration. Students unable to meet their semester bil ls in fnll may elect the following payment plan :

Student;; residing i n the University residenee halls pay at least $400.00 at the t ime of rep;istration. Students not residing in University residence hall� pay at least $200.00 at the time of registration. The balance i s p ai d i n two eqna l installments on October 31 and November 30 in the fall semester, and February 28 and March 31 i n the spring semester.

A ,ct'Vice fce of S5.00 wil l be charged if any payment is not pa i d wlwn due.

In addition to the special stuclent loa n funds descrihed under Financial Aid, the Un iversi ty has made arrangements wi th outside financial agencies to pro­vide both deferred payment plans and plans for meet i ng edueational expenses out of montbly income. Th e Un iversity has en dorsed the Education Funds, Tnc·. monthly income plan and the United Student Aid defe rred payment plan. In addition the ational Bank of Wasb i n!tton of Tacoma also provides hoth a deferred payment plan and an equal monthly payment plan i n cooperation with t he University. Details of all loan plans are available from the Di rector of d m issions or Financial '\ id officer.

Regi t mt ion is not comp leted until all financial obligations have been arranged in the Business OlTice.

The l niversity reserves the right t o wi thhol d statement of honorable dis­missal, transcript of records, or di ploma, until all Uniyersity bills have bcen p a i d , or un ti l satisfactory arrangernen have been made with the Business Onice. Students will not he permitted to regi ster for a new semester unt i l a l l hills are p a i d for t h e previous term.

Credit for future services to be rendered to the University by the student cannot be used to meet the i n itial payment. Money due for work performed wil l be g;iven only i f the student's account is current.

REFU DS

Partial tuit ion refu n d may be mad e when withdrawal hom the University resnlts from sickness or causes occurring beyond the control of the student. In no ca�e wi ll fees be refunded. Refund may be made in the follow in g pro­portion s :

2 0 Fl

One week or less Detween one and two weeks Between two and three weeks Between three and four weeks Between four and fi,'e weeks l o r fund after five weeks.

_ 80% . . . . . _ 80%

60"/r, 40% 20%

Refunds on rooms will not be allowed in cash. However, if the student returns in the next two semesters, pro·rata allowance will be credited in the following proportions of occupation during the semester of withdrawal :

up to 2 week 80% 34 weekri 2·3 weeks 60% 1j.·5 weeks

40% 20o/�

a allowance will be credited if withdrawal occurs after the 5th week. I f the student does not return, the allowance is forfeited.

Refunds on board will not be made for continuous absences of less than one week and no refund will be made for the first week's abs nee. pro·rata refund will he made for necessary withdrawal from the University. No refund w:ill be made for any Univen;ity sponsored trips of any kind, such as choir, chorus, band, orchestra, athletics, and so forth.

DEPOSITORY FOR STUDENTS

StudenL desiring to leavf! cash in the Husin ss Office may do so. Th is cash may be drawn out at the requ t of the student.

PERSONAL EFFECTS

The University is not responsible for the personal effects of the students or the faculty memb [S. The University cannot be held accountable for any losses.

2 1

Financial Aid

The niversity recognizes an obligation to select, encourage and give oppor­tunity to those persons who have the potential to make significant technical and cultural contrihutions_ We will exten d our financial aid program to the limit i n order to admit particularly descrving students.

The financial aid program include : 0 ) scholarship, ( 2 ) talent awards, ( .3 ) 10CIns, ( 4 ) part-time employment.

One application, to be made prior to April 1, should be submitted for finaneial aid. rather than separate requests for scholarships. talent awards, loans or p art-t ime employment. It is assumed that when requests for aid are received that the student's fir t choice is a . bolarship. With this in mind the Committee decides the type of assistance which will be given. This may be one of the above aids or a combination grant.

Scholarships

An nual scholarsh i ps range in amount from 100 to '900 and are granted to students of high aeademic ach ievement who show evidence of financial need. Need is shown by submittino- the College cholarshi p Service financial need r port. These forms are available from the Director of Admi�sions.

Tn be eJi?;ible for consideration a student must bave at least a 3.0 ( "B" ) average and rank in the upper 1 0 percent of his class. Scholastic ability must be further refleeted in scores attained on the CEEB Scholastic Aptitude Test.

Applications for Tenewal of scholarships must be submitted in writing each year prior to A pril 1 .

Pastors and unmarried children of pastoTS are t o be given scholarships i n the amount o f $100 for each school year. These scholarships are t o b e gran ted only during the second semester in attendance and only if such students receive the main su pport of th eir university expenses Irom their parents and provided that the students are r gistered for at least twelve hours each semester durinp; the school year.

Recognized d pen dents ( not including married children ) of faculty staff members arc granted special scholarships. the amount to be announced at the tim , of regigtration.

S holarship5 in the amount of $25 per semester sball be given to each of two or more students from the same faIl1 ily attending school at the same time, prov i ded that the main support is given by their paretll.$.

In addition to its own scholarshi p fllD� the University has at its disposal the following restricted scholarship funds :

Alpha Kappa Alpha Scholarllhip ltrusa Club, Tacoma Chapter, Scholarship

Alumni Scholarship Fund

American Association of University Worn n Scbolarship

O. A. Brown Fund

Dr. and Mrs. W. B. Burns Fund

2 2 FI:'fAACIAL AID

Ida A. Davis Fund The D r. and Mrs. O. L. Haavik

Scholarshi p Olaf Halvorson Scholarship W. H. Hardtke Seminary Student

Scholarship Fund Rev. Karl Kil ian Memorial Fund Ladies o f Kiwanis Award Lutheran Brotherhood Legal Reserve

Life Insurance Company Scholarshi ps

Mu Phi Epsilon, Tacoma Professional Chapter, Scholarohi p

Women o f Rotary Scholarship Social Sen'ice Scholarship Fund of

the Division of Chari ties, the American Lutheran Church

Tacoma Lumllermen's Scholarship Tuberculosis Association o f

Pierce County Scholarshi p Women's AuxiLiary of Pieree County

Medical Society Scholarship

In any onc sem e.ltcr a student may receive only one aW(1rd or one scholar· .lhip from the University.

TRlent Awards

A limited number of awards are made to students In the fields of speech, drama, music and athletics.

To be eligible appl icants must have satisfactory academic records and unusual proficiency in one or more of the above fields.

Student Loan Funds

The University administration can assist students who are in need of finan· cial assistance through various student loan funds. In addition to the loan plans outlined under "Payments" in this catalogue, the U niversity has the following restricted loan funds from which assistance is available :

Alumni Ac ociation Loan Fund American Lutheran Church

\Vomen Loan Fund A n ton A nderson Loan Fund John S. Baker Loan Fund 1. P. Carlstrom IVfemorial Loan Fund Delta Kappa Gamma

Student Loan Fund

olional Defense Edueation Act

Lily C. Ekern Fund Marie Huth Loan Fund Jeanette Olson·Diana Paul·Miriam

Staa Memorial Student Loan Fund 1. P. Pflueger Student Loan Fund O. J . Stuen A lumni Loan Fund O. A. Tingelstad Loan Fund

To assist needy students to obtain a co lIege education, the 1 958 Congress (mar-ted the National Defense Student Loan P�ogram. Priority is given to those plann i ng to teach in public schools and to outstanding students in science, mathematics and modern languages. Up to 51 ,000 may be horrowed in a school year.

New students will he considered for loans on the basis of thei r application for financial aid.

Students already in attendance at the University should apply for loans in the Business Manager's oOiee. The necessary forms to establish need must he obtained and submitted.

2 3

Student Affairs

Students l iving in university communities have many responsibil i ties and privi leges i n addit ion to tbei r basic studies. Inabili ty to meet these needs becomes a problem that h inders the student in achieving his primary goal. Concerned that each student shall be given the best possible opportunity to develop his i n terest and abili ties, the University conducts and supports numer· ous services and activities which supplement the basic courses of study.

OR1ENTATION FOR NEW STUDENTS

An orientat ion p rogram is held for all freshmen and transfer students for three days at t he begi n ning of the faIl semester. Students take guidance tests, familiarize themselves with University faci l i ties, and become acquainted with fellow students and faculty. ( Conferences are arranged with faculty advisers under whose .guidance registration is completed. )

..

1't l IE l' \ f H H 2 5

HEAI"TH AND llIEnICAI� SERVICES

The Student Health Service, staffed hy an administrative head, a medical director physician, a registered nurse, and assistants supervises all personal and community health problems on the campus.

The general fee, which is required o f all students registered for eight hours or more, includes treatment at the Health Center for minor disorders and inc;\lIdes accident coverage to 81 ,000.00 for any injury sustained on the campus or in the course of the student's cominp; or going from the local place o f residence to or from the University. I nj ury coverage t o 8.500.00 ( medical ) a n d .;50.00 ( dental ) is extended at t h e Health Ccnter to all athletes participating i n intercol legiate sports.

A l l new students, returning students, full-time graduate students who have not been in a tten dance at this institution for one year or more are required to have a complete physical examination by their home physician as a part of the adm ission procedure ( See A dmission ) . This examination report is kept h y the Health Service and is available for ready reference by the U niver­sity do(,tor and nurse.

I n firmary day care ,i s available on physician's order.

The University does not provide for extended medical "are by the University doctors, examination or treatment by specialists. Every assistance will be given, however, in nlaking arrangelnents for speeial medical or surgical cure ; and when practical , the student is urp;ed to avail himself o f the services o f his family doctor.

TESTING SERVICE

�{hile every student automatically receives assistance from his faculty adviser, the University also rnaintains a testing service u nder the supervision of the Director of Testing. Tbis service is responsible for administration and i nterpretation of the guidance t'u,<aminatioils given to all freshmen during Orientation Days as well as other departmental testing programs.

Batteries of tests are available for various professions for those students concerned about their aptitudes and i nterest as well as general fitness for college training. Evaluations are based on test results and other personal data assembled to assist iu solving i n dividual problems such as nature of abil ity, i dentification of aptitudes, identification of vocat ional i nterests, inventory of personality trai ts, choice of vocation, and reading habits.

The University is also an approved center for the Miller Analogies Test. This test is often required of potential graduate students by various un iversities.

The results of these services are confidential and will not be given to anyone except authorized personnel without the permission o f the student.

2 6 . 11 m: 'T . ]7" ms

VETERANS AFFAIRS

The University is approved by the Veterans' Admi nistration as an inst itution of hip;her education for veterans and invites veterans to use its facili ties in acquiring and completing their education. The Director of Testing devotes a

portion of his time to provide services to students who are veteran�.

Those who plan to attend the University under the benefits of the public l aws for veterans must secure a certificate of eligibility from the rep;i onal office of t.he Veterans' Administration and present this certificate at the time of registration.

Tran�fer students who have been using public law benefits sbould contact their previous insti tution to obtain eligibil ity for the new place of traininp; well in advance of the bep;i nning date of classes in order that loss of pay may not result.

In order to ohtain full subsistence veterans and elig ible orphans of veterans must carry fourteen semester hours.

Students qual ifying under the War Orphans' Bill, Public Law 6.34. shou ld ohtain the certi ficate of eligibility as stated abo\'e,

Veterans who have completed liheral arts courses through USAFI will receive credit as recommended by the American Council on Education.

COUNSELING SERVICES

Each student is assigned to a faculty counselor who i s primarily concerned with the educational I'uidanr.e of the student. The counselor guides the student in arranging his schedule and assists him in his educational dc\'elopment. The student is encouraged to meet frequently with his counselor.

The Dean of Students, the Assistant Dean of Students, the Direetor of Test­ing, and the Student Congregation Pastor arc available for special coun,di n l' i n many areas i ncludin!'; social adjustment, dormitory life, financi al needs, attendance, and educational and vocational planning.

CLASS AND CHAPEL R ESPONSmlLITIES

Regular attendance at classes, convocations and chapel services is a basic: educational policy at Pacific Lutheran Universi ty. Such attendance is not a behavioral matter. It is assumed that the intellectual objectives of the Uni­versity cannot he attained without regular class attendance ; i t i s also assumed that the spiritual objectives cannot be attai ned without the in Huellce of chapel services. A student not in sympathy with sucb a poliey will find it diffieult to make a satisfactory adjustment to campus l i fe.

A student who finds it necessary t o be absent from his classes should m a ke arrangements with the instructor before the ahsence, or immediately t here­after. In all cases i t is the student's responsibil i'ty to make up work missed. If a student is careless in regard to attendance, the instructor is expected to notiJy the olllee of the D ean of Students or the Assistant Dean of Students i n order that rem ed ial action may be taken. Upon recommendation of the in ­structor a student lIIay he dropped from the cour,e.

ST m: T AFFAIRS 2 7

A student who m isses chapel or convocation is expected to contact the Dean of Students or Assistant Dean of Students within one week and give the reason for the absp.nep.. If a student docs not accept his responsibility for chapel or convocation attendance, he may be placed on probation for the remainder of the semester. If the student has not assumed his responsibility for attendance by the end of the �emester, he will not be permitted to register for the following semester. A student under probation is not pennitted to participate in extra­cllrri(:ular a(: t iv i t. ie�.

FOOD SERVICE

Students l iv i n g in residence halls nre required to take thei r meals at one of t he d i n i n g halls located on the campus. No deductions arc made for students who eat fewer than three meals per day at the University or who are absent on week·ends. A charge is made for student guests. Students rooming off the earn pus may hoard at the Universi ty cafeterias.

BOOKSTORE

The U n iversi ty mainta ins a book store in the College Union Building for the convenience of students. The store, operated on a strictly cash hasis, sells boob, stationery, school supplies and a wide variety of notions.

COFFEE SHOPS

The Un iver�i ty operates two coffee shops, one in the College Union Building and the other in Columbia Center. These shops are open dai ly. Short orders are ava i lable for c.ommuting students and campus visitors.

PLACEMENT SERVICE

The University, through the School of Education, maintains a placement service for studen ts entering the teaching profession. A fee of 55.00 is charged to cover the cost of records and correspondence necessary for placement of gradua tes receiving the degree of Bachelor of Arts i n Education. A n effort is made to pla�e all graduates, but positions are not guaranteed. After the first position has been secured, a �harge of Sl.OO wil l be made for eadi addi­tional issue of credentials.

Graduates majori n g in other fields are assisted by their respective major professors and deans in obta ini ng posit ions.

STUDENT EMPLOYMENT

The University aims to assist worthy and needy students by helping them to find employment. Appl ications for work should be made to the Dean of Students afu,r a student has been accepted for adm ission. Students who will need work should apply ea rly in the summer because tbe number of jobs availahle is l im ited.

EXTRACURRICULAR ACTIVITIES

In addition to stressing successful academic performance, the University chal­lenges i ts students to profit by experience in extracurricular activities. Here also

2 8 �'I I r;} IT I' F I R

the student develops his leadership skills and learns how to work well with his neip;hbor. Students should not permit this type o f activity to interfere with their regular academic pursuits.

A listing of student activ ities follows:

General

ALPHA pm OMEGA-national service fraternity for university men inter· ested in Roy Scouts of A merica.

ASPLU SOCIAL A CTIVITIES BOARD-coordinator of all student activities.

ASS CTATED WOMEN STUDENTS, ASSOCTATED MEN STUDE 1'S-general organizations o f which all ful l·time students become memhers.

CIRCLE K-affil iatc of National Kiwanis.

GA V EL CLU B-affiliate of national club.

INTERNATIONAL CLUB-for students from foreign countries.

LADY LUTES-for married women students and wives of students.

OFF CAMPUS STUDENTS-social organization for off·campus students.

PHTLOKALEA S-an organization for students who have returned to school after an absence of three years or more.

PROPELLER CLUB-for students interested in maritime affairs.

YOU G D EMOCRATS: YOUNG REPUBLICANS-for those i nterested in political education and partisan activities.

Honorlll")' and Service

ALPS K PPA PSI-national professional business fraternity.

A LPHA PSI OMEGA-national drama fraternity.

BLUE KEY-national .iunior and senior men's service honorary.

INTERCOLLEGIA TE K IGHTS-national service honorary for sophomore men.

PI GAMMA MU-national socia·l science honor society.

PI KAPPA D ELTA-forensic honor fraternity.

SPURS-national service honorary for sophomore women.

TA SSELS-local honorary for senior girls.

Athlctif:

EVERGREEN INTERCOLLEGIATE CONFERENCE-area organization for interGollegiate athletics.

LETTER M EN'S LUB-social organization for men who have won letters in one or more rna.ior sports.

MEN'S I NTRAM lJRALS-for students wishing to participate in l imited but not intercollegiate sports activities.

SKI CLUB-for students interested in individual or competitive skiing.

Depa rt menta I

M E RICA C HEMICAL SOCIETY STUD ENT AFFILIATE CHA PTER­a club for students inter sted in careers in the chemical sciences.

CURT l! CALL-for students interested in drama.

DEBATE SQU D junior and senior divisions for students interested in intercollep:iate competi t i.on.

DELTA IOTA CHI-for nursing students.

FRE CR, GERMAN SPANISH CLUBS-for students i nterested i n languages. LIN E SOClliTY -for biology students.

Pf-TI EPSILO -for women student majoring in physical education.

PS YCHOLOGY SO IOLOGY. E. GI EE RING-for "tudents i nterested in each study.

SEA ( Rho Lambda Chi ) -local chapter of Student National Education Asso­ciation.

Musical B NO-a performing concert organization. Various members of this group

al,o participate in the Pep Band whieh performs at athletic contests. CHOIR OF THE WEST -a cappella choir interested especially in sacred

choral music.

CO CER CHORU- singers interested in a variety of music.

MADRIGAL SINGERS-an organization of trained voiees ginging both sacred and seeular music.

l'vlU PHI EPSn�ON-local chapter of National Illiic Sorority.

OR CHESTRA-for students having know.ledge of orehestral instruments.

O RG A GUILD-student chapter of American Guild of Organists.

Religious

L THER STUDENTS' ASSOCIATION-local for Lutheran Students' As-soeiation of merica.

PHI DELTA EPSILON-club for young women interested in parish work.

STUDENT CONGREGATIO -under the leadership of the Pastor, John O. Larsgaard, is an organization designed to promote Christian life and to trai n the students for informed and active leadershi p in the church. It elects a Board of Deacons, a Board of Trustees, and a General Council annual ly and promotes a stewardshi p program. Students are invited to affiliate with this organization during their unjversity career. This affil ia­tion does not consist i n a transfer from, nor affect in any way, their mem­bership i n tbe home congregation. Morning worship is conducted each Sunday in Eastvold Chapel , and the Lord's Supper i s celebrated every Sunday in the Tower Chapel.

Student PuhlicaLiolUJ MOORING MAST-weekly stud§:nt newspaper.

SAGA-University yearbook.

3 0 Tl or 'T \FFATRS

POLICIES GOVERNING COMM UNITY LIFE

The Univer�ity admi ts students wi th the express u nderstanding that they will cheerfully comply with it� rules and regulations in every respect and conduct themselves as Christ ian ladies and gentlemen. Only such rules ha,'e been adopted as have been found necessary for the promotion of the highest welfare of the , tudents.

Students are expected to employ their time to the best advantage and to avoid activi ties which might i nterfere w i th legitimate class work. Smoking hy women is not i n harmony with the policies of the Univen;ity. Gambling and the use of i ntoxi cating l iquors are strictly forbidden.

AUTOMOIJILES

The use and possession of automobiles in tbe campus area is a malleI' of privilege and not of right. Abuses may result in revoking such privileges. A l l who usc an automobile while attending tbe University must register wi th the Dean of Students office for a permit which must be placed as directed on the " ehic,le.

SCHEDULING

All social and university activItIes arranged by departments, cam pus clubs , or groups of students must be scheduled through the office of the Assistant Dean of Students. Approved chaperones are required for all scheduled activo i ties held either on or off campus. The scheduling of aetivities by students is the joint responsibility of the Assistant Dean of Students and the Social Aeli,<it ies Board.

ROOM ASSIGNMENTS

All students, except those l iving with parents, are required to live in resident halls on campus whenever rooms are available. If students cannot be accom· modated in the dormitories, the University wi l l make the necessary provision for housing. Room fees of students assigned to private homes wi I i be applied toward their bil l or refunded after registration.

Application for housing should be made as early as possible but not before admission to the University has been c.onfirmed. No student may complete registration who does not hold a placement card signed by the appropriate University personnel. This identification card also serve� as a tem porary meal tieket dmi ng the first two weeks of school. A pplic.ations for housing are filed i n the order of the date of application. If a student has not arrived by the day prior to the beginning of classes, the room reservation will he automatically cancelled. I I placement preference lists are automatically obsolete after the full or spri ng open ing dates of the University residence halls. A ny rooUl changes must be approved by the Director of Housing.

The U niversity dormitories will not be open for occupancy (luring the recess periods announced i n the catalog, Or in advance of the opening date, except by advance arrangements and payment of a special fee. The Un iversity reserves

ST DF T A FF \ m S 3 1

t he right to use the dormitory rooms during the recess periods for conventions or simi larly scheduled meetings, i f i t i s necessary.

The dorm i tories open on Sunday of orientation week a n d dose at 6 : 00 p.m. the day following the last scheduled exami nation or the Iwg i n n i ng o f a hol i day rece�s.

Housi ng ass. ignments do not automatically cont inue from year to year. The n iversi tr reserves the right to change a student's locat ion or to close a housing

l l n i t ","hen it i� IH·ce�!=iary. On a date to he announced, studt:nts curren t l y en rolled who plan to register

fO[" the next ,,, ,hool year' may muke their room reservat ions. A fter that dute all J'(·,cr'va t ions, i ncluding those for new students, will be a,signcd in thc order of receipt of room appl icat ions.

HOUSING FOR l\IARRIED STUDENTS

Th" n iver;; i ty m a i n t a i ns twenty-four apartmenb on cumpu;; for married students. Ei/!ht o f them are three-bedroom u n i ts, the rem a i n der two-bedroom uni t . . Each i" part ia l ly furnished wi th an elect r ic stm'e and a heater.

j\ pplieations for fami l y apart ments �hould be madc t h rough the olll" c of the Director of 1 I0lt�ing. A 25.00 deposit mltst accompany the application. These application" are prO" es,;ed ae(;ording to the date they are rceeived.

RESIDEN E nALLS The U niversity m a i n t a i ns n ine residence hal l� for �tudents over ",hiGh th,'

o "an o f Student;; and the As,;i,;tant Dean of Students have general supervision. Al l students rt;g istcr ing for rooms in any of the residence halls are req u i red to cont inuc n',;idence in that hal l for the year ( t wo scn"" t" rs ) .

The major i ty o f the residence hall,; have double rooms wi th a l i m i ted nllmlH,r of ,i ngle unci tr ip le room,;. Evcrw-een Cour t , Ivy Court ( Un i ts B, C. D ) , North Hall, Pfhlc/!er Hall. South Hal l , and West Hall arc provided with draperies and hedspn'ark Re,; idents of other dormitories furnish their own. J\ 11 dormi tory rooms are p rovided with si ngle beds, chest" of drawers, study desks, and chairs, Stu cient<s furn ish personal item" i nc1udi n " sheets, p inow cases_ p i l lows, hlankets, and towe],;. The use of electrical appl iances-except radios, c locks, and reading la 11 l l 'S-Il l l.ISt ha\'e the approvul of thc Dean of Students or the Assistant Dean. Ekctr ic hlankets. i rom; and television sets are not allowed in the rooms.

Occ 'upants arc held responsible for damage to th" rooms or their furnish i n gs. Cost o f damages I )('vond thr: normal wear to resi dence halls, unl"s" such damui!e has been i dent i fied with an i ndividnal, w i l l be prorated among the !!roup w i t h i n the hal l and deducted equally from the breakage fee of eaeh resident a t t h e close of the school year. T h e rOoms a r e subject to i nspect i o n by ei ther t h e Dean o f Students or the Assistant Dean o f Students or their representat ives. A f inal inspection of each room must be made before a student may leave at t he end of the spring semester or at any t ime that h e withdraws from the University. If the room has been appro\'ed by the Dean o f Students or the Assistant Dean o f Students, 11 S1O.00 key and damage deposit is returned at the end of the school year to the studen t, providing he ha� been i n residence both seme"ters.

3 2

Summer Session

The Summer Session consists of two four and one-half week terms and ,;tarts in the middle of June. The courses �arry regul a r college credit and are of the same standard as those given during the regular school year.

The curriculum is designed for undergraduates working toward a haccalau­reate degree, graduates working toward a master's degree, teachers seeking c redentials, school administrators seek ing practical cou rses, freshmen desiring to i n i t i ate college study, and others desiring special studies i n the l iberal arts.

A field school giving special ized courses in the natural sciences and human­i t ies i s cond ucted as part of the summer session at Holden Village, a church­owned retreat center located in a h igh val ley o f the Cascade Mountains above Lake Chelan in north central Washington.

Persons work ing toward a degree from the n i versity or for a teaching cer­t i ficate must observe the regular admission requirements of the University. Transient students who enroll for the summer session only need sub m i t a letter of academic standing or give other evidence of being prepared for college �tudy.

A complete catalogue for the summer session is printed each spring. Write to the Dire · to r of the Summer Session for this publication and other i nformation desired.

Late Afternoon and Evening Classes

To provide for the professi onal growth and cultural emichment of persons una ble to take a regu lar, full-time col lege course, the Un iversity "onnuets a prog-ram of l ate afternoon and evenjng classes. These courses are given mainly on campus.

A wide variety or cour:;es are offered in the arts and sc:iences and in pro­fe:,ional and graduate studies. There are specialized cou rses for teachers and ;,chool adm inistrators, for persons in business and i n dnstry. The eourses are of the same ( 'ali ber as those offered during the regular session and are oren to an who are el i gi ble to take college work.

A speci al bulletin is pri nted each semester outlining the offerings, and is available from The Registrar of the University.

3 4

Academic Procedures

REGISTRATION

I n ron,u ltati on with their faculty advisers, �tudent5 whose applicat ion, for adlll is,ion have heen a p p roved should rep;ister on the days deiip:nated on the schnol calendar. Students who rcp:ister after the days desip:nated w i l l be c harged u l a t e regist ration fee. ( See sect i o n on Fi nance. ) Students currently i n aU"n dance at the Un iversity sh ou l d register in a dvance of ea"h new semester.

PoW studt'.n t;;, rreshmen or tran,fcrs, may he i nvited to corne to tht� earn pus to rcp:ister dur i n g the sum rner, pr ior to the dates anno unced in the school calen­dar. Re!!ular faculty members a n d advisers w i l l assist th ese st uden ts in planning their c o t l rsC's ann in regiqerinp:.

A stu den t is not oflici a l ly enrnlled i n the U n i versity unt i l his registratio n has b"cn cleared hv t he huj ness ofli ce.

The normal cou rfe loud for full-time students i s ](i hours per semester, i n c l u d i n g p hy�ical education activ i ty . The m i n i m u m l o a d for a ful l -t ime student i s 12 hours . A credit hour re prese nts one full period of IHepared class work per week, or, i f a laboratory subjeet, at least two periods per week for not less than 1 7 weeks.

O n l y a studen t wi th a n ( 3.0) average or better may register for more t han 1 7 hours per semester without the consent o f the dean of the college o r school in which he is registered.

A student engaged i n mu ch outside work for self-su pport may he restr icted to a reduccd aca dem it: load.

CHANGES IN REG ISTRATION

Changes i n registration due to con Ri ets or errors i n registrati on m ay be made wi thout ch arge during the lirst week of the semester.

To withdraw from a class a n d/or add a cl ass, the following procedure IS to 111' fol lowed :

I . Ohtai n the ch ange of registratinn sl i p from the rcgistl·ar.

2. Ol ,tsi n . i p; ned a p p roval o f ( a ) the teacher whose class i s being dropped, ( I . ) t he adviser. ( c ) the dean of t he college in which the student is en­rol l e d , ( d ) t he registrar. In some cases the teacher of the class being added wil l be asked to give approval.

.'l. Take the o igned sli p to the hminess office and pay the $2.00 ehanp:e of r(-'�i:-\t rat ion fec.

The student i s responsihle for complet i n g the above steps w i t h i n a week after obtai n i n g the dlUnge s l ip.

AC WI [lC PROCEDl HES 3 5

WITHDRA W ALS

A student wishing to wi thdraw from the University must secure a withdrawal sl ip from the registrar's office and get the approval of the dean of the college concerrwd. The student is en t i tled to honorahle dismi ssal if his record of conduct is satisfactory and i f he has sat isfied all fi nancial ohligation,;.

OOicial withdrawals during the fin;t four weeks of classes of the semester are i n dicated hy W. A fter that time a student wi thdrawing ofTicially wi l l receive ei ther a WI' ( wi thdrawal with passi ng ) or WE ( withdrawal with fai lure ) . A n unonicial withdrawal from a cou rse will be recorded a s E.

Withdrawal during the fi nal six weeks of a semester will be app roved only u pon ( ",onsicieration of factors beyond the control of the student.

GRADES

The fol lowing final grades are used in judging tbe quality of a student's work : A, superior, B, Good ; C, average ; 0, passi np; : E, fai lun,. The letter P is used when credit has been al lowed without defin in� the �rade, and bas no h<.aring upon the student's grade point ratio.

Spec ial cireumstances may warrant the lI�e of the temporary mark J ( incom­plete ) to indi 'ate that the student is doin/!; passing work in the COllrse but has been unable to complete a major a!'Sig:nrnent because of factors beyond his eontrol. A n I is not given when the student bas nep;lected his work or failed to take the final examinat ion. The instructor giving: an I must file with the dean of the col lege concerned a statement speci fying the reason for the i ncom plete and the amount of work to he com pleted. An I must he removed during the first six weeks of the followi ng semester of residence unless the student, pre­vious to that date, has received all oOicial exten�ion of time from the dean concerned.

GRADE POINTS

Grade poi nts are granted as follows : A, four grade points for each credit hour : B, three grade poi nts ; C, two grade po ints ; 0, one �rade point : E , no grade poi n t.

A freshman or sophomore receiving a D or E in any course may repeat the course, and in such case the second grade will be counted in computing the cumulative grade point average, provi ded that the reretit ion of freshmen courses occurs hy the end of the sophomore year and sophomore courses by the end of the junior year.

A junior or senior also may re peat a course in which he received ° or E : hut botb the ori�inal and the repeated record wi l l be i ncluded i n figuring the cumulatiye grade point averap;e.

ACADEMIC PROBATION

A student is placed on academic probation if he fails to mai ntain the min imum grade point average accordi ng to the following scale : freshmen, 1.75 ; sophomores, 1.90 ; ullperdassmen, 2.00. Both the student and his parents ( i f th" student is under 21 ) will receive offic ial not.ice of such action. A cademic probat i on is not a disc ip l i nary measure but an attempt to encourage the st uden t i n the direction of h is h ighest efficiency. The probationary student wi l l

3 6

be requ i red to reduce either his academic or extracurricular activities, or both, unt i l his average shall meet the standards i n d icated above.

The student on probation who fails 10 show adequate improvement during the following semester wil l not bl' allowed to re-register unless, because of extenuating ci rcumstances, he is reinstated b y the Academic Status Committee. H e may a pply for readmi ion after tbe expiration of one semester unless i n­formed otherwise.

Fai l u re in more thun one course during any semester results in ineligibi l i ty to ('on t inue the followinf( semester except by spec i al anion of the A cademic

tatus Commit tee. A senior on p rohat ion will not be included on the l ist of candidates for

graduation.

ELIGIBILITY FOR PARTICIPATION IN STUDENT M:TIVITIES

A stu dent must carry at least 12 hours, have a cumulative grade point aver­np:e of 2.0, and have earned a 2.0 grade poi n t average the previous semester in order to be el igi ble to ( a ) hold an office in student organizat.ions, (b 1 ac­cept a po>it i on of honor to which one tn jgh t be elected by the Student Body as a whole, ( c ) represent the un iversity in i ntercollegiate contacts, (d 1 par­tici pate in dramatic or musi al performances, ( e l be a staff mc'mher of the Saga or Mooring Mast. I t is the responsi bi l i ty of the organization to rlear stu dents' eligibility ; the stu dent hi mself should withdraw from oAice if he finds he is not el igihle.

Partic ipation in i n tercollegiate athletics is governed by the code of the Evergreen Intercollep;iate Con ference.

CLASSIFICATI ON OF STUDENTS

tudents are classified as follows: Freshmen : students who have tnet the entraIlCe requirements. Sophom. ores : students who have eompleted 24 semester credit hours and have

.'arncd 18 grade points. Juniors : regular students who have ful filled lower division requirements and

have complet�d 56 semester hour and have earned 112 grade points. Seniors : regular students who have completed 88 semester credit hours and

have earned 1 76 grade points.

HONOR COURSES

Honor courses arc offered by certain departments for students of superior academic abili ty. Freshmen ranking in the upper ten per cent of their high school classes and making an acceptah1e score on the co llege apti tude test are eligible for consideration. Registration in honor ourses is by invitation only. Opportunity for superior students to do independent study and research in their major field is available during their junior alld senior years.

GRADUATION DO ORS

Degrees with honors of Cum Laude, Magna Cum Laude and Summa Cum Laude are granted to students receiving the required cumulative grade point average. To be eligib1e for these h onors a student must have earned an average of 3.:30 for Cum Laude, 3.60 for Magna Cum Laude, and 3.90 for Summa Cum Laude.

3 7

Academic Organization

The Programs of study offered by the U niversity are organized into the fol­lowing colleges and schools : College 0/ Arts and Sciences, College of Profes­sional and Graduate Studies (School 0/ Business A dministration, School of Education, School 0/ Fine and Applied Arts, School 0/ Nursing, Division 0/ Graduate Sturlie.�).

GENERAL UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS

A candidate for a bachelor's degree must present credit in approved courses amounting to a minimum of 128 semester hours and have maintained a grade point average of 2.00. He must llleet the general requirement of one year i n residence, earning a minimum of 3 0 semester hours at the University during his senior year. A minimum of 40 semester hours of upper division courses earned in the junior and senior year is required.

Cour e Required in AU CurricuJa

Each candidate for graduation must complete the following general course requirements:

1. English Compo.,it;on and Literature-9 hollrs

Composition 10] , 102 (6 semester hours ) or its equivalent is required of all freshmen. Any three-hour course in literature will complete this re­quirement, which ought to be fulfilled by the end of the sophomore year in most programs.

2. Fine Arts-3 IWllrs

This requirement may be met by a course in art or music. A pplied music cou rses will not meet this requirement.

3. Health and Physical Educa.;on-4 hours

P hysical education activities must be taken during the freshman and sophomore years.

4. Religion--8 hours

Underelas:;men must complet.e Religion 101, 112, 201 , 202 ( in successive semesters ) .

3 8

5. Philosophy-.1 hour .•

This 'fequirement may be met by Phi losophy 201, 300, 312, Or 301 and 302. Philosophy 461 may be taken to meet the requirement only U POII wri t ten permission from the chairman of the philosophy department.

6. Science-B hours

The cienc:e selected must meet the specific requirement of the college or school concerned.

7. Social Sciences- I2 hours

The 12 hours required must be taken i n no less than three department" with no more than �ix hours in any one department.

lUajor Areas of Study

Each candidate for a dep;ree must complete a field of concentration. Requ ire­ments for a major and/or a field of concentration are outlined by the i ndividual col lege or ,'chool concerned. A major s.hall i nclude a m i nimum of 24 semester hours with at least 12 hours in u p per division courses, 6 hours of which must he taken during the senior year.

(;OLLEGE OF A RTS AND SCIENCES

The College of A rts and Sciences, the heart and center of the University, desires to p rov ide the educational experiences through which the student may receive a broad, general prepara tion for l i fe, secure a sound basi" {or profes­sional tra in ing, or acquire a spec i fic knowledge and �kil\ for service in a cbosen fiel d . It is the purpose of tbis college to bring the often repeated terms "l iberal" and "professional," or "vocationa l ," into mutually helpful relation to ea(,h other.

Degrees Offered

Cour,es lead i ng tn tbe degrees of Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science, and Bachelor of Science i n Medical Tecbnology are offered by the College of Arts and Sciences.

Cou.rse Requirements

Candidates for the Bachelor of A rts and Bacbelor of Science degrees must meet the genera l University course requirements described i n the preceding pap;es. In addition to coun'es required in all curricula, candidates must bave a m i ni m u m of 14 semester hours of dassical or modern language in high school and col lege combi ned. Students who present two u n i ts in olle classical o r modern language at entrance arc required to earn six addit ional credit bours in tbe same language. Students presenting four u ni ts in one language at entrance arc not required to tuke a foreign language in college.

Major Requirements A major is a sequence of courses witbin one department. The selection of

the field of major eoncentration must be made by the end of the sophomore year. The choice mllst be approved by the chairman of the department and

\ . \DDJH ORr. IZ<\TJO 3 9

the dean o f the col lege. The general m I nImUm requirements, as well as the >;elec t i o n o f support i n g sulljed, required, a re determ i ned by the depa rtment concerned.

A t least 12 hours of the work for a major must he taken in the j u n i o r and sen ior years. S i x hours o f t h e major m ust be taken i n the ,cn i o r year. Tire llIw l i t v o f work mu�t be "C" o r better. A ny studc;nt receiv i n g a grade of "0" may count the cre d i t toward graduation but not toward the major.

The subje( :b recog nized as major areas in this college a re hiology, chemistry, cla� ' i 'al l a nglli.1ge�?

-economics. E np;.l ish, French . genera l science. Gernlun ,

h e a l t h and physical e d u c a t i o n , history, m a thematics, p h i l o,ophy, physic>', po· l i t ical .';e i e n ce, psychology, rel i gion, and sociology. Students p l an n i ng to earn IT Bachelo r of A rts de/.':rc;" w i t h a major in art, mu,ie. or ,,{H'cch register in the CoL!,-,/.':c o f A rts and Sciences. Not more than '10 semester hour, ea rned in one department o f - tudy may he applied toward the bachelor's degree in the Col­lege o f A rU; and Science:>.

Del'a rlJnenlS and Di yisions To correlate the work o f the depart ments in the Col lege o f A rts and Sci,:nces

the foI iowing groll p� arc organ ized :

I . D iyi si on of I I n rnani t ies - Dcl'artmcnts of English, Foreign Lan/.':ull/.':<;S, Phi­losophv, a n d Rel i /.': ion.

2_ D ivision- o f 'atumJ Scienccs- epartments of B i ology, Chemistry, General Science, M a themati cs, and Physics .

. �. D i vision of Social Sciences- Departments of Economi cs, H i story, Hea l t h a n d Physical Educat ion, Pol i t i c a l Scienee, Psyehol(lgy, and Sociolo<'y.

Sugge$ted Freshman Program "" First Semester

Engl 1 0 1 Composi t i o n Forei � n language R ei 10 1 L i fe of J esus or

Hrs. :l

3 or 4

ReI 1 12 H istory of the ( :hr ist ian Ch urch

Science (a year cou rse ) 4 Soci a l sc i ence or m a themati cs 3 or 4 PE activity

16 or 1 1

Second Semester En/.':l Hl2 Composit ion Foreign lanp;uuge

ReI ! O I L i fe o f Jesus or

Hrs. :�

3 o r "

Rei 1 12 l-listory of the Christian Church 2

Science ( a year cou rse ) Social sci ence or mathern a t ics I'E <[c. t iv i ty

4 :l or 4

16 or 1 7

* A student p/all rzing t o complete requirem ents jur the Bachelor o f Scierzce de­gree should fullow the outline given under his major in the section, Cou rses of I n struction.

EGch studen t normally comp letes the majority o f the general cou rse require­ments in the fresh man and �ophomore years. Exceptions usually occur in the c a se o f students i n tere. t ,�d i n a program leading to the Bachelor o f Science degree. Science students shoul d confer w i th the departments in the D ivision of

atmal Sciences for i n format i o n regarding recommended science sequences.

4 0 \ 1 I II 1 1 I IH, \ ' [Z \TIO'Z

BadJ.elor of cieuce in Medical Technology Students who desire to train i n laboratory methods used in hospitals, physi­

cians' offices, publ ic health hureaus, and laboratories concerned with medical diagnosis and investigation should follow the curriculum below. It is based on the requirements of the Registry of Medical Technologists and on the general cour requirements o f the Col lege o f A rts and Sciences. On sucr.es�flll Gompletion of the designated 98 cred i t hours of course work and of a 1 2-month period of technical training in a medi cal tech nology ,chool labo r'atory approved by the A merican Medical A"soeiution, the degree Bachelor of Science i n MediC'al Tech n oloi!Y w i l l be conferred. The graduate i s then eligible to take tbe ex­amination conducted by the Board of Registry of Medical Technologists of the merican Society of Cl i n ical Pathologists for certification as an MT ( ASCP ) .

The Registry recommends a course i n physics ( e.g., Physics l S I , 152 ) , an d this could h e taken during the junior year.

Medical Teclmology Curriculum

Freshman Year Engl 101, 1 02 Composition Chern 12 1 , 122 Inorganic

Chemi'itry and Qualitative A nalysi, •

'Foreign language 101, 102 ReI 101 Life of Jesus

Hrs. 6

8 8 2

Rei 1 1 2 H istory of the Chr'istian Church 2

;1 2

'Math 131 College Alp:ehra PE Activi ty

3i Junior Year Hrs.

Chem 321 Quantitative Analysis 4 'Phi losophy requirement 3 Bioi 201 Microbiology 4 BioI 411 ITistology <1-

'Literature requirement 3 Fine arts requirement 3

'So ia! science requirement .3 Biology 231, 371. or 441 7-8

Eleetives 4-3

34

Sophomore Year History 103, 104 or 203, 204 Chern 1 1 2 Or/!:anic Chemistry B ioI 131, 132 General Zoology Foreign language 201 , 202 . Rei 201 The Bible-Old

Testament ReI 202 The Bible- ew

Testament Social science requirement PE activity

Senior Year Specialized technical training

Hrs_ 6 4 8

. 6

2

2 3 2

33

Hrs. :\0

'Students who present two high schoal units in one language will be eligible to meet the language requirements by taking the six credit hour, second year course in the same language.

'Ouaiification for Mathematics 200 will fulfill this requirement. "At least one af the courses thus designated must. be taken at the upper divi­siun level in order to accumulate the required 40 hours of upper division credit.

or nr. OH( IZ T I O

4 1

PROGRAMS FOR �AREERS

Preparation for Engineering

In l i n e with the trend to augment engi neering edueation with a l iberal arts background, the University offers, in cooperation w i th certain aHiliated u n iver­sities, a .3-2 program o f l iberal arts and engineering. A stude n t wi l l spend three years on cam pus. If his work is o f satisfactory grade and i f he has satisfied all the specific reCluirements o f both schools, he may be recommended to one of the cooperatinp: engineering scbools ( O regon State U n iversity, Stanford U niver­si ty. or the n iversity of Denve r } for the completion o f bis cnp:ineeri n g course.

t the end o f his first year of engineering ( an d completion of 128 c redi ts ) he w i l l J , e el igi ble fo" t h e B.A. or B.S. degree [rom Pac i fic Lutheran University. A t the end of 11 second year of enf[ineering he should receive his engineeri n� degn-'(·� from the a lfiliated univet·sity.

Any student who is i n terested in engineering and has been accepted for aJrn i�sion to the Universi ty InDY register in the pre-engineeri ng course�. To lju::d i fy for the .3-2 enp:ineering p rogram, however, he must meet certain srcc i fic requi remen ts.

Entrance req u i rem ents : I n order to Cluali fy without deficiency, entering fre8hmen m ust have had t hree semesters of high school ::dgehra, one year of geometry, and one year o f either p hysics or chemistry. Additional courses i n m athematics a n d science are desimble. He must b e prof!(:ient i n t h e use o f tbe English langu;ge, both reading and writi ng, and two years of a foreign language is h ighly recommended.

A l l pre·e n gi neering students arc screened duri ng th ir sophomore year by a commi ttee from the 'ience faculty a n d only those who, by their seholw;tic record, character, and personal ity, i ndicate that they arc capable of doing satisfactory work i n the engineering fiel d are ace pted for the ;)-2 program. To

'1ual ify for the :�-2 p rogram students shoul d maintain a grade point ,werage of 2.5 or better.

Prospective engine ring studenl!; who have deficiencies from h igh school shoul d eit her ( l make up snch deficiencies in summer school before matricu l a· t ion at the niversity, or ( 2 ) plan to attend summer school after their fresh­man year, or ( :n p h n to take morc than three years to com plete their p t·t:­engineering program.

The program for the first two years i s the same for aU branches of engi neer­i ng. E le(:tivcs for the third year mllst be chosen to meet the requirements for the particular engineering school and the branch of engineeri ng chosen.

4 2 • \DEl\fl( ORr. \ IZ \ 1 0. '

Sugge .• ted Schedule 0/ Courses

Freshman YCflr

Art 1 1 0 In troduction to Visual rts

C hemistry 1 2 1 , 1 22 Tnoqra n ic

Chemi,try a n d Qual i tat ive A nal)" i ,

F.ng;1 1 0 1 , 1 02 Composi l ion \ , F. 101 F.nr-:ineerinp: Problems

]\[ath 1 1 2 Trig;onomf'try lath 1 .1 1 Col l q !;p AIg-ehra

�\lath 200 A nalyt ic Geometry a n d Calc l l l ll�

Rei 101 L i fe of Je,us Rei 1 1 2 H i,.;tory of tht·

Chr is t ian Church PE act iv i ty

llrs.

" . J

(, 2 2 :l

1 2

2 2

.),1

Sophomore Y('ar llrs.

\, E 1 5 1 , 1 52 Eng ineeri ng; Drawing a n d De,,'r ipt ivc Geometry 4

H ist 1 03, 104 History of Civ i l i zat ion or '- l ist 203, 201\. A merican H i story (,

:'I<lath 201 , 202 A nalytic Geometry

a n d Calcu l us 6 Phy,.; 261 , 262 General Physics 1 0 U cl 2 0 1 The Bible-Old Testa ment 2 ReI 202 The Bible-New Testament 2 PF. act iv i ty 2

:12

.Tunior Year

F.con :lOO Ge neral Econom irs I .iteratu r .. el ec t i ve

Ph i losophy Req u i remen t Phy, .1·12 )\'lechanic,

Preparat ion ror Law

Science eketi"es

Soc ial sc ience elec.tives

Speh 101 Funda mentals

1 1 - 1 6 6

of Speech :3

:'13-:lS

i\[ost law schoo ls r!,qu i re at least three years of l i beral arts as a fou ndat ion

for proft's"ional study : however, they regard four yem-" of study in l iberal arts

"nd a Bachelor of A rl · degree as a bet tcr pf(�raral ion for the study of law.

I n a d d i t i o n to meeting th ' degree req u i rements, the prospef:tive law student

i ., ac lv isl'd to com p lete at least one year o f accou nt i ng and to i n clude i n h i s l , rOf!ralll a t least OIW add it io n a l course i n econom ics, history, phi losophy, po­

l i t i c ,, 1 science. 1"'Fhology, soc i o logy, and �peech. The siudent shou l d plan h i , cO l l r-e acco rd i nf! to the requirements of t h e l a w school i n wh ic h h e is i n terested.

Preparation for Medjcjne and Dentistry

Stlldents desiri np: to enter the medical or dental p rofessional fields should p l a n 10 devote not less than three years and preferabl y fOllr years, of study at th i s i nstitution to ",cure the broad educational baekg;round i n d isper"ublc to u ;;1I ( 'c.<,,"fl i l professi onal c uree!'. The p rofessional sehools in these fields requ i re

a thorough preparation i n science. They also recommend extensive study i n other departments, ouch u s the social sciences and h um a n i t ies. Student;; are

<H,ked to c o n fer with the pre-med ical advisers in regard to t h e i r p rograms.

AC DE; I J C (m(; \ � IZ TID 4 3

Pre-Medical alld Pre-Delllal Curriculum

Freshman and Sophomore years : 16 w 17 hours per semester IIrs.

'Chemistry 1 2 1 , 122-Inorgunic Chemistry and Qual i tative Analysis or R Chem istry 1 3 1 1 32-Chemical Principles 5 Biology 1 0 1 , 102-Gcneral Biology or B iology 1 :3 1 , 132-Gcncral Zoology B Mathematics BI-Collcge Algebra, Math 1 1 2-Trigonometry or Equivalent S En�lish 101, 1 02-Composition 6 Helip:ion-eueh semester H Phy"if"al Education-each semester 4

::Foreign Language* History* 1 03, J 04. - H istory of Civil ization or Hist0'1' * 20.3, 204-Arnerif"an History Social Sciencc-elective* Chemistry 20 'l , 204-0rgUllic Chem i. tryt Biology 231 -Gencticst

14· or 6

6 B 8 :3

1 Studen ts who have taken high school chem istry and are eligible to take Math ! 3 l , and studenls who have had the equiwlent of Math 131 should register for chemistry ; those who do not meet the qualification .Ih ould rCf?' isler lor biology during lheir freshman year.

'StILdenls who c n t er the University wilh two years of a llIodern langlULge m ay elect 10 take second year courses in the same langlwge during their fresh· mlln year. They would then register for 20 1, 202.

*Se(/UCnCe a/ these courses may vary to meet student's need.

tRecommended when jeasible.

Junior and Senior Years : recommended courses listed below should be arranged an.d scheduled with. the aid of the adviser. 1I rs.

13iolop:y :l61-Comparativc Anatomy B iology 36 Vertebrate Embryology Biology 4 1 1 -Histology Biology {[4 I-Vertebrate Physiology Chemistry 321 -Quunti tative Analysis Chemistry :302-fi iophysical Chemistry Physi cs 1 5 1 , IS2-Egscntials of Phy�ics or Physics 161 , 162-General Physics Phi losophy :100, 3 1 2 or 461 Fine A.rts-elective Engl ish Li terature-elective Soci a l Science-electives Electives

Preparation for Parish Work

·1 4 4 .[ 4 4

Studcnb desiring to enter parish work are encouraged to obtain the hroad general education leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree.

Experience reveals that u pari.sh worker is requested to perform duties in

4 4 \ Dr T I . on 7 IZ TI )

more than one field. The responsibilities m ay be centered i n one or more of these major area�: the educational work of th congregation, the p:uidance of youth activitieR, horne visitation, office and secretarial work, or conductinp: the musical (lrganizations in the congregation.

Preparation for Social Work

In addition to completin(; the regular requirements for a degree in liberal arts, students expecting to enter the field of social work should plan for a well-rounded preparation in the sodal sciences and some basic work i n biology. Prospe tive workers in church and general agencies should concentrate on courses in sociology and psy<:holo�. while those plannin(; for government servi ce should add a concentration in economics or pol i t ical science. Students (! ' peeting to enter this field are ask d to confe� witb the Department of Soc:iology i n regard to their programs.

Pr pllrlllion for 111eology

As a broa cultural foundation for the study of theology and entrance i nto the Gospel ministry, a pre-theological student hould complete the require­ments for a Bachelor of Arts dep:ree. Be�ides the gen ral deOTree requi rements, a "tud 'nt is urged to supplement hi program with additional courses i n EnglLh, s cial sciences, s p e h, and cla.ssical and modern languages. A faculty adviser will a�sist th student in the selection of courses necessary to meet the reqlJ i rements of the theological school of his choice.

COLLEGE OF PROFESSIONAL AND GRADUATE STUDIES

This college embraces the School " of Business Admini tration, Education, Fine and pplied A rts, and Nursing and the Graduate Division. Students who de.�ire tl) prepare for proIe iOllal work in such fields as bu i ness, public school leachi np:, art, speech, m usic and graduate studies leading to the Master' degree in education enrol1 i n this college. Opportunity i� given for professional specia lization, and students also benefit frorn studies i n the arts and science ". The degrees offered and the requirements fOT each degree aTe outlined in this sect ion.

SCHOOL OF BU INESS ADM INISTRATION

Purpose

The purpose of the chool of Business Administration is ( 1 ) to prepare the students i r business responsibi l ity in self-owned businesses, OT, as employeeJi o f a corporation or a public institutio n ; ( 2 ) to prepare those who wish to conti nue thei r professional busines study i n graduate school ; ( 3 ) to assist in t.he education of h igh school teachers of business education ; ( 4 ) to provide a l imited number of service courses useful to both majors and non-majors ; and ( ) to encourage students to acquire a general understanding of economic p robl em so that th y may be more enl ightened itizens.

L D 1 ' H I

4 5

In order to promote these aims every student will be given a broad profes· sional business core curriculum built upon the general Universit course re· q u i rpments for the Bachelor of Ar degree conferred by the College of Arts and cit:nces. Students preparing for �taff posi tions in business may take spe· cialized cou rses beyond the core in accounting, economics, finance, marketing, and admini trative services. Printed explanations of each of these specializa· t ions may be obtai ned from the School of Busines Administration, Room 225, Administra tion B u i l ding.

Admis ion

For admission to the School of Business Administration, a student must h ave :

I . completed the freshman year with a minimum of 24 semester hours ;

2. earned a grade point average of at least 2.00 ; :l. p resen ted a complete record of his college work for approval by the

School of Busine Admin istrat ion ; 4. comp leted a series of tests including scholastic aptitude, achievement,

i n terest, and personality.

RequireD] nts for the Degree of Bachelor of Business Administration

1. The general University requirements must be completed by all candidates for the Bachelor of Busin('-ss Administration.

2. Students who are not exempted by the Mathematics Placement Test mllst take i\'iathematicR 1 01 or its equiv lent.

3. Econom ics 101 and 102 is a requirement which should be met during the frc hman year.

Candi dates for the Bachelor of rts in Educati on degree who are planning B leachinp; major in Business Admi nistration should refer to pap;e 55 under

ACAOE tIC PREP RATIO

Profe��ional Reqwrements

1. Professional core curriwlum : The fol lowing courses are to be completed after adm i,sion to the School :

B A 2 1 1 Fi nanci al ccountinp; B A 212 Managerial Acconnt inp; B A 351 Organization and 1anagement B A 352 Producti n Managem nl. or B A 354 OfIice Management

B A 364 BU,iness Finance B A 37 1 Marketin g B A 3 8 1 tatistics B A 391 Business Law B A 452 B usiness Policy

One course from the following group is required :

B A 301 Intermediate Econom ic Analysis B A 361 M oney and Banking B A 331 International Trade B A 3 2 Publi , Financ

2. Business electives : At least on cou rse in addition to those presented to meet the prof 'onal core requirements must be completed in the SchooL These courses must be chosen with the aid of the stud nt's advi r.

3. Other requirements : ( a ) A student may not present more than 60 hours in combined ourses in

\ . \DEl\I IL OR(; -\ lZ \TIO ' 4 7

business admi n i stration and economICS for the degree of Bachelor of Business Administration.

(h) A minimum grade point average of 2.00 for all courses taken in hu�iness administration i s required for the Bachelor of Business Administration degree.

( e ) Fifteen hours must he elected from among recommended supporting subject areas.

CIlI'rlClllum 0 I Hllsine.�s Administration

Fresh man Year* Nrs. Soph omore Year Ifrs. Econ 101 , 102 Pri nciples B A 2 1 1 , 212 Elementary

of Econo\TIics 6 Accounting 6 Engl 1 0 1 , 102 Composi t ion 6 Literature elective :1 Soc ial Science elective 3

( Psychology recommended ) ReI 201 The Bible-Old Testament 2 Rei 202 The Bible-New

Rei 101 Li fe of Jesus 2 ReI. 1 12 History of the

Christian Church 2 Fine A rts :3 Science ( a year ("ourse ) H PE activ i ty 2

32

Testament Social science Electives P E activity

Junior Year

B A 371 Marketing

H rs. Seniur Year

B 381 Statistics II A 391 Business Law B A 352 Production

Management B A 364 Busi ness Finance B A elective Phil 312 Ethics Electives

3 B A 452 Business Policy 3 B A Elect ives 3 Eleetives

:1 3 3 3

I I

32

2 3

1 4 �

:12

Hrs. 2 6

24

�2

* Assumes thaI the student has presented two units 0/ one foreign language / rom high schuol and was exempted / rom M athemalics 101 011 the basis 0/ th e score made on the Mat.hematics Placement Test.

SCHOOL OF EDUCATION

The School of Educat ion, by uti l izing the resources of the University, offers

both undergraduate and graduate work to prepare students for careers in the teaching profession. The u ndergraduate curricula, leading to the Bachelor of A rts in Education degree, meet the certification pattern in the State of Wash· inp:ton.

4 8 IZ TIO

Tbe selection of desirahle candi dates and assistance in the placement of teachers are al�o responsibi lities of the Schoo!.

In addition to the accreditation of the entire nivcrsity hy the Northwest ssociation of econdary and Higher Schools, the School is accredited hy the

Wa �h i n gton tute Board of Education and by the National Council for (,credi­tation o-I Teacher Education for the preparati on of elemen tary and secondary teacher� with the Master of Arts as the highest degree approved. This accredi· tution gives Pacitic Lutheran graduates clear reciprocity in many other states.

Programs for the preparation of school counselors, administrators, and ,upervisory personn I are available.

The chool also offers work toward the conversion, renewal, or reinstatement o f teach ing ,,,'rt itieates.

Purpose The genera l purpose of the School of Education is to cont ribute to t he

development of professional elementa'ry and secondary school personnel wi th l iberal and ,cientitic education i n tegrated within a Christian frame of refer­encf'. The School regards i tself as sharing this p urpose, as well as the means and responsibil ity for attain ing it, wit h the Un iversity as a whole anr! with ('ar'h activity of the Universi ty a set forth in the statement of its phi losophy. Desirable u nder tandings, abilities, an d atti tudes are :

Understandings of the obli�ation of the teaching [)I'of 'i on to guide chil­dr 'n and youth in the pu r uit of knowlcd� and skills, to help them to become happy, useful, and self-supporting ci tizens, and to prepare them in the ways of demoer3cy.

nderstandi ngs of the economic, political, social, psychological, and philo­so phical aspects of education.

U n derstandi ngs of and ability to function in the roles o f the teacher as a d i rector of lea rn i ng. a counselor and gui dance worker, a mediator of the culture, a l i nk with the community, a mem ber of a school staff, and a member of the profession.

Underq a ndi ngs of research techniques and ability to use them.

Atti tudes conducive to cons 'ienlious professional work and carefully planned ['X peri mentat ion.

Attitudes conducive to conti nuous evaluation and revision of means and ends.

Admission Students anticipatin� career in educat ion take two years of ba�ic general

"dueation in the College of Arts and Sciences. In the sophomore year, and six \",,,ks prior to reg isteri ng in Education 202, the student shall make appli· cation for aJm ission to the School of Education.

Students wi l l become candidates for the Bachelor of Arts in Education de­gree when they have met the following requirem nlS:

1. Have earned a cumulative grade poi nt average of 2.25.

\ C \ J) I .' l I C (m e; \ T T Z \TIn'\' 4 9

2. Have completed successfully the cour8e in Education 202, Introduction t o Edu"ation.

:�. Have completed satisfactorily a series of screeni n� tests including scholas· tic aptitude, achievement, interest, and personality.

4. Have received approval of speech and voice.

S. Have ideals and per�onality qualities which make for successful teachin�.

Ii. Have a clearly defined purpose or goal.

7. Have selected a preferred level of preparation and the area or areas o f concentration t o h e followed.

8. Have received approval durin� an in dividual conference with representa· t ives of the School. This conference is held after screening tests have been c:ompleted and profiles set up.

The candi date is required to maintain these standards in order to retain his 5tan d i n� in the School.

Students who have taken the Bachelor's degree at Pacific Lutheran or at another institution are ex peeled to meet the same requirements for admission. Such a program will normally require a summer and two semesters, or three semesters.

If a student has questions concerning his program in the field of edul'ation. he should inquire at the School of Education.

Profe��ional Program as Related to Teadlcr Certi fication i n Washington

The preparation pattern that leads to standard certification in the State of Washington consists of the following three phases:

1 . Pre·service education leading to the Bachelor's degree in education arid a provisional certificate.

( a ) Provisional Certificate. This certificate is a tem porary (3 to 5 years) l icense to teach in grades K through 12.

( h ) Provisional Elementary Certificate. This certificate is a temporary ( 3 to 5 years) l icense to teach in elementary school grades.

( d Provisional Secondary Certificate. This certificate is a temporary ( 3 t o 5 years ) l icense t o teach in junior or senior high school.

2 . One to five years of initial teaching experience on a full·time basis under the joint supervision of the employing school district and the University.

3. A fifth year of college course work. Thirty semester hours must be com· pleted before the sixth year of teaching. Upon completion of the fifth year of college and two years of successful teaching the Provisional ( tempo· rary ) Certificates are converted into Standard ( permanent) Certificates at the sam e level or levels.

Fifth Year and Standard Ccrtification

The fifth year of teacher education is to follow a period of one year of initial teaching experience. The student must complete a minimum of eight

,(,mester hours in r i dence after h.is first year 0/ teaching and before begi n­ning the third year. Th irty hours must be completed before bep:inning the six t h year of teaching.

If the first teaching is for a part of a year only. study taken the next summer may be appl ied with permission of the department.

The student may choose the i nstitution in which he wishes to t ake his advanced work as foll ows :

1 . I f he choo'ies to work a t Pacific Lu theran University o r a n y other o f t he teacher edueation i nst itutions in this state, that i nsti tu t ion shall be re­spon�ible for recommending h i m for the Standard Cert i ficate upon sUcce"s­ful com p letion of the fi fth year prop:ram.

2. If he wi hes to undertake the fifth year in an out-of-state i nstitution, Padfic Lu the r-an U n i versity w i ll be respon�ible for recommenrl i n !, him for t he Stan dard Cerli ficate. The student mw'l secure general approval of his plun from the University in advance.

-

There are four provisions governing the fifth year pattern of work, according t o _ tate Boa rd regulat i ons :

1 . The fifth college year must include a mi n imum o f 30 semester hours o f which at leust fifty per cent must be upper division an d/or graduate courses.

2. No more than eight _5emester hours of extension andlor correspondence study may be approved as a part of the 30 semester hours in the student's fifth year program.

3. Pacific Lutheran University graduates mu t take one sem ter of the fifth col lege year in reside nce. A transfer st udent who wishes to be recom­m ended by Pacific Lutheran Uni versity must take a minimum of 20 semester hour, in re idenee.

4. The stu clcn t may take 20 of the requ i red 30 semester hours prior to or during the first year o f teachi ng experience .

Fol lowi ng arc requirements and procedures for the ap proval of fifth y(!ar programs of work al. Pacific Lut heran University :

1 . S pecific courSe requirements are :

( a ) Educ:at i on 557, Evaluat ion or i ts equivalent. ( Education 4 16, Parent­Teacher Conference may be used by elemen tary teachers. )

( b ) Educution 571, School Gu i dance Program or Education 370, Prin­ciples of Gu i dance or Psychology 473, Introduction to Counsel in!,.

2. Any course, recommended for the i ndi vidual student prior to the granting of the Bachelor's degree must be taken. These may he recommended hy either t he area adviser or the School of Edueation.

3. Courses taken should strengthen ureas of concen trat ion ano build stronger general education backgronnd as well as fill needs i n the professional field. Thi - program of studi ps i- to I'e selected by the student with the guidanc of those who have worked with him du ri ng h is peri od of in iti a l teach i ng and the advisers at t he recommend i ng inst itution .

\C DmIll olle lZATIO 5 1

4-. The student secures approva l of the recommending institution for work taken elsewhere hefore the work is begu n.

Some of the work taken during the fifth year may also apply toward the i\fastcr o f Arts degree for those who meet the requirements. A student must not plan that thes two cu rricu l a shull coincide. The program as set up for the fifth year shal l take precedence and must be fin ished first.

Principal's Credentials

* Th e candidate for the princi pal's credentials will be guided by the follow­inl! :

1. He mmt meet graduate standards for the 1aster's degree.

2. He must work toward the provisional principal's credentials at his chosen level. To receive this it is reqtlired that he have completed work for his Standard Teaching Certificate plus sh semester hours.

�. He must complete experience and study requirements for the Standard Principal's Credential at bi chQ .n level. To receive this he needs to have ( l ) had administrative experience, ( 2 ) earned a minimum of eight more semestcr hours, and ( 3 ) earned his l\llaster of A rts degree.

Students who in tcnd to work toward the Master of Arts degree in the field o f education must apply for adm ission to the Graduate School and meet the reqll irement� outli ned by that School. Candidates should see the course require­ments as set forth in the " " Master of Arts brochure.

"Dc/aiLs 0/ t/;e program arc available at the Un iversity upon request. * .. A llailable at the University upon request.

Curriculum Requirements

In addition to the general University COlIl'5es required in all clIrrieula, certain specifi c requi rements i n general education must be met.

I . H istory 210, Pacilic orthwest, mllst be included in the twelve hours required in social sciences.

2. The eight-hour science requirement should be met by completing Science 121 and 122. Exceptions may be made in the case of students preparing to teach science in J u n ior and Senior high :choo!. A year course in one laboratory science rna be substituted by those who have adequate hil!;h school backp:round in the other scienees.

:3. , tud nt must demonstrate com petence in health by achieving a satisfac-tory score on a profleiency test given by the Health and Physical Educa­tion department or by eompleting Health and Physica l Education 210.

4. student mllst dem onstrate competence i n speech by achieving a satis-facto _ score on a proficiency test given by the Speech department, or by cornplf�ting Speeeh 101.

PROFESSIONAL COURSES

Requirements

1 . Education 202, InJroduction 10 Edu�atiOr& : 3 Iwurs This cou rse may be taken during the second semester of the sophomore

5 2 \C 111-' t i l' ORr. ·\. 'IZ TION

year or later. (A cumulative gTade point average of 2.2,5 and C grades in English 101 , 1 02 and Psychology 101 are m inimum requirements for registration. )

2. Professional Core Curriculum :

The following courses are to be completed Education 301-Human. Development Education .31 1-Methods and Observation

after admission to the School : 3 hrs. 3 hrs.

Education 312-Teaching of Reading-Elementary Education :-114-Teaching of Reading-.T unior and Edueation 46:-l-Student Teaching ( at preferred One of the fol lowing :

or Senior High levd )

Education 461 aL or cd-Curriculum Methods and Student Teaching Education 462 ab or cd-Seminar and Observation

2 9

,5 3

hI'S. Ins.

hI'S. hI'S.

Students wishing to qualify for certification on both the elementary and secondary levels should register for Education 461.

Students wishing to qualify on one level only may register for Education 4-62.

3. ,.aboralory Experience

Students have the opportunity to study the social, emotional, physical, and intellectual growth patterns of school-age children and youth through­out their pre-service years. A n understanding of the learn i ng process aR related to growth anl development is emphasized. This is done through re"'war course work, demonstration, observation, and participation with children in their activities both in and out of school. The following are specific requir ments in the area of laboratory experience :

(a) September ExperiencIJ

DQring at least one September following the successful completion of Education 202, Introduction to Education, and prior to Education 463, Student Teaching, the student i s required to observe and to participate i n activities during the opening days ( preferably two weeks ) of school. This September Experience may be either in his horne town or i n the local area. Plans and definite aRsignments must be approved by the School of Education before the end of the preced­ing spring semester.

( b ) Student Teaching

( l ) Education 463, Student Teaching. The student spends half days for fifteen weeks and full days for three weeks under the super­vision of tIle University i n a teaching situation at his chosen level and area. A t least one semester in residence is required before admission to student teaching.

( 2 ) Education 461 , Curriculum, Methods, and Student Teaching. The student spends afternoons for fourteen weeks in a teaching situa­tion on a level different from that chosen in Education 463.

A successful experience in student teaching is vital to the student's success. It is ther fore recommended that the student carry not more than fifteen

\1. ODIIC OBI , TZ T T O 5 3

semester hours during his student teaching semester. It is also expected that outside work or college activity will be kept to a minimum. Exceptions to these recommendations are allowed only by special permission.

Teaching Areas

1. Business Education.

2. Fine and Applied Arts-including art and music.

zt Health and Physical Education.

4. Language Arts-including English (composition, journalism and litera­ture ) , foreign language, and speech ( including drama ) .

5. Science and Mathematics-including biological and physical sciences and mathematics.

6. Social Sciences-iIIl;luding history, sociology, political science, economics, geography, and psychology.

ACADEMIC PREPARATION

Preparation for Senior High School Teaching: 45 hours

A student preparing for Senior High School teaching must complete 45 semester hours in the academic area in which he plans to teach. This normally consists of a Teaching Major of 24 to 30 semester hours of study in one depart­ment, supported by 15 to 21 hours in related departments. A student, with the approval of his adviser, may elect to complete a departmental minor of 17 to 21 hours in another area applicable to teaching in the Senior High Schoo!. In either case, the adviser from the major area will assist the student in planning his program.

Teaching Majors are offered in the following fields : Art, biology, business educalion, chemistry, English, French, German, health and physical educa­tion, history, m athematics, music, physics, political science, science (general ) , social sciences, sociology and speech.

Preparation for Junior High School Teaching : 45 hours

A student preparing for Junior High School teaching normally must com­plete a Teaching Major ( usuaLly interdepartmental ) of 24 to 28 semester hours and a minor of 17 to 21 hours in another area.

Students planning to teach on the Junior High School level should confer with the School of Education regarding combinations of teaching fields which would h" most appropriate. An adviser from the major area will assist the student in planning his program.

Teaching majors and minors are offered in the general areas of fine and applied arts, health and physical education, language arts ( i ncluding li tera­ture, speech, German and French ) , science and mathematics, and social sciences.

5 4 OR,",,; rz TIO

Preparalion for Elementary School Teaching : 48 honrs

A student preparing for Elementary School teaching normally must com· p lete a m inimum of 24 semester hours in a major area, with not more than I fi in any one department, and two area mi nors consisting of 1 2 hours each. One of the minors must be in professi onalized subject matter ; and olle i n a teaching field other than that covered i n the 24·hour concentration. A n adviser from the major field will as.sist the student in planning h i s program.

The C O ll r'iCS i nc luded in tl,e two mi nors are to he determined in consuJta· tion wi th the School of Education.

In general, the Teaching Major (24·hour concentration ) for Elementary School teachers follows the Teaching l\lajor required for Jun ior High teaching.

Arl

Senior High School Preparation : 45 hours Teaching Major : 45 hours Required: rt 1 1 0, 1 1 1 . 1 1 2, 210, 213, 2 1 5, 218, 2.1 1 , 4 1 1 , 412 , 421 , 440a and eleetives to com plete requirements.

lunior lligh School Preparation. : 45 hours Teaching Major : 28 hours R equired : Art 1 10, I l l , 1 12, 210, 213, 2 1 5 or 231, 218, 4 1 1 , 4 1 2, 440a, plus f(Jur hours of electi ves ta total 28 hours. Teaching Minor : 17·21 hours Required : rt I l l , 213, 218, 4 1 1 , 4 12, plus 4·8 hours of electives to total 2 1 hours.

Elementary School Preparation: 48 h oars Teach i ng Major : 24 hours Required : Art 1 1 1 , 2 1 .3, 218, 4 1 1 , 412, plus 11 houl's of electi ves to total 24 hours. Teac.hing Minor : 12 houn; Required: Twelve hours in the al'ea, courses to be determined III consul· tat ion with the School of Education.

Biology

Senior High School Preparation. : 45 hours Teaehinp; Major : 25 hours Required : Biolop;y WI, 1 02 or 131 , 132 and 141 , 142, and nine hours of u pper d i vision biology courses. Suggested snpp orting courses: Chemistry 121, 122 OT 1 31 , 132 ; .1'athe· maties 1 31 ; and electives from the following : Geology 101, 1 02 ; Chern istry 203, 204; Physics 151 , 152 or 261, 262.

Junior nigh School Preparation : 45 hours Teaching Major : 24.28 hours Required: Biology 101, 102 or 1.31, 132 and 141 or 142, and four hou rs of upper division biology courses.

C I � 1II OR -IZ \TT

5 5

Sugge'3ted support ing courses : Chemistry 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 or 121 , 122 or !:i I , l :i2 ; (�eneral Scien, ' , 122 : Mllthematics 1 31 . Recommended : Phy�ic" 151, 152, or 261, 262, or Geology 101 , 102. Teaching M in o r : 17-21 hours Rel/uired: Twelve to sixteen hours chosen from Biology 101, 102 or 131 , 1 32, 141 o r 142 ; General Science 122.

Elem en tary Sch ool Preparation : 48 hOllrs

Teac h i n g l\Iaj o r : 2,1 hours RelJuired : l1 iology 1 0 1 , 102 or 1 .3 1 , 1 32, and 141 or 142. Suggested support in p; courses : Chem istry Ill, 1 1 2 or 121 , 1 22 ; General Science 122. Teach i n g l i no r : 12 hours Rel/uired : TWI,lve hours in the area, courses to be determ i ned III ('onEiul· tat inn with the School of Education.

8,,�iness Education Senior Hi"h School Preparation : 45 hou.rs

Teachi ng Mujor RCI/uireti : Business A dministrat ion 103, 142, 2 1 1 , 212, 24 1 , 273, Cl40, 391, 440b. Suggested supporting courses : One of th ree areas of emphas is : ( I ) Sec­retarial : BlI.siness dmin istrat ion 245, 246. 342, pIll" six hours of bw;i­ness elec t ives : ( 2 ) A ccounting : Business AdminiEitrat ion 311, 313, 315, plus s ix hours of busirwss electives ; ( ;� ) Economies : F:conom ics 301, 302, p l us n i ne hours of electives.

Ch'emi,�try Senior High School Preparation : 45 hour.,

Teaching ;'V[a j o r : 30 hours Required : Chemistry 121, 1 22, 203, 204, 3 1 1 , 312, 321. 422. Su:rgcstcd supporting courses : Mathematics Bl, 200, 201 : Physics 1 5 1 , 1 5 2 or 201, 262.

fun.iur High Sch ool PrepW(ltion : 45 hours Teaching Major : 24-28 hours Prerclfuisitll : 1athematics 101 . RCI/uircti : Jlemistry 121 , 122. 203, 204, 302, 321. Suggested SlI pport i ng courscs : One COllr 'e chosen from }1athematics 112 and/or Bl, 200 or equivalent ; Biology 101, 102 or 131, 1 ;32 : Geology 1 01 , 102. Teach i n g ivU llo r : 1 7-21 hours Re(/uired: Twelve to si xteen hours chosen from Chemistry 121, 122, 201, 202 or 321, 322.

Elemen.tary School Preparation : 48 hours Teaching Injor : 24 hours Rel/uired: Chemistry 121, 122, 203, 204.

5 6 \C \f)f< T T L onc; \. IZ \TIO

Recommended : Eight hours from Physics 151, 152 or Mathematics WI, 112 and/or 131 or Biology 101, 102 or Geology 101, 102. Teaching Minor: 12 hours Required: Twelve hours in the area, courses to be determined in consulta­tion with the School of Education.

Englis"

Senior High School Preparation : 45 hours Teaching ;\1ajor: 27 hours Required : One of the following programs: ( l ) Engl ish 241, 242, :�82, 383 or 384, n ine hours of upper division electives in English l iteraturte and six hours of electives from any other courses liste d ; ( 2 ) English 251, 252, 382, 383 or 384, nine hours of upper division electives in Ameri­can l i terature, and six hours of e\tectives from any other cou r"es l isted.

Junior High School Preparation : 4S hours

Teaching "'[ajar : 27 hours Required : One of the following programs : ( 1 ) English 241, 242, 382, 383 or 384, nine hours of upper division electives in English literature and six hours of electives from any other courses listed ; ( 2 ) English 251 , 252, 382, 383 or 384, nine hours of upper division electives in American li tera­tures, and sLx hours of electives from any other courses l isted. Teaching Minor : 17·21 hours Reqnired: English 241, 242, or 251, 252, 383 or :384, plus six hours of upper division in the area in which the sophomore survey course was not taken, and three hours of any other course in English except 101 and 102.

Elemen.tary School Preparation : 48 hOnTS

Teaching Major : 24 honrs Sixteen hours in the department and a m i n imum of eight houTs in speech or a foreign language. Teaching Minor: 12 bours Required: Twelve hours in the area, courses to be determined in consulta· tion with the School of Education.

Freru:./1

Senior lligh School Preparation : 45 hours

Teaching Major: 24-30 hours Required : French WI, 102, 201, 202, 221 , 222 and twelve advanced hOllrs from the followi n g : French 301, 302, 351, .352, 401, 402, 440m. Suggested supporting courses: Fifteen to 21 hours in speech, English or another foreign language.

Junior High School Preparation : 45 hours

Teaching Major : 24·28 hours Required: Eighteen hours of approved courses in French. Suggested supporti ng courses : ine hours selected from Engl ish 233, 241, 242, 251, 252, 383, 384 ; or six hours from the above group, plus fOllr hOllrs

\ C \DE I II. OfH, \ IZ TIO;\;

5 7

from English 2 1 7, 218, 302, 318, 404, or Journalism 20.3, 204. Students elec·ting this program are urged to add English 32 1 or Education 440c or 440d to the required courses. Teach ing l'vlinor : 1 7·2 1 hours Required: Seventeen to 21 hours of approved courses in French.

German

Senior High School Preparation: 45 h ours

Teaching Major : 24·30 hours RefJuired: German 1 0 1 , 1 02, 201 , 202, 221 , 222 and twelve advanced hours from the following: German 301 , 302, 335, 336, 411, 412, 440k, 451, 452. Suggested supporting courses: Fifteen to 2 1 hours i n speech, English or another foreign l anguage.

Junior lIigh School Preparation : 45 hOllr,

Teaching Major : 24·28 hours Required: Eighteen hours of approved courses in German. Suggested supporting courses: Nine hours selected from English 2.33, 241, 242, 251 , 252, 383, .384 ; or six hours from the above group, plus four hours from English 2 1 7, 218, 302, .318, 404, or J ournalism 203, 204. Stu· dents electing this program arc urged to add English .32 1 or Education 440c or 41Wd to the required courses. Teaching M i n o r : 1 7·2 1 hours Required: Seventeen to 21 hours of approved courses in German.

Health and Physical Educalion

Senior High School Preparation : 45 hours

EllIphasis on Health and Physical Education Teaching Major : 45 hours Required: Men and Women : Physical Education 274, 312, 322, .323, .3.34, 341, 342, .345, 450, 497, and four hours of electives ; Men 363, and two hours from 270, 271, 272 or 2 73 ; Women 290, 333. Suggested supporti ng courses : Physica l Education 210, 292, 310, 465 ; Biology 161, 162. Emphasis on Correetive Therapy Teach i ng l""lajor : 45 hou rs Required: Men and Women : Physical Education 210, 292, 323, 334, .391 , :V)2, :3 1 0 or 465 ; Biology 161 , 162. Suggested ,upporting courses : Physical Education 3 12, :322, 341 , 345, 346, 450, 497, and two hours of electives; Men 363 ; Women 290.

Junior High School Preparation : 45 hours

Teaching Major: 24·28 hours Required : Men and Women : Physical Education 2 10, 274, 292, 312, ;�22, 341 , 345, 450, 497 ; Men 363 and two hours selected from 271, 272, 273 ; Women 290, 333, and two hours of elective ; Biology 161 , 162. Teaching Minor: l 7·21 hours Required: Men and Women : Physical Education 2 1 0, 292, 341 , 345 ; Men

5 8 DF.,\HC onr; IZ '1 1 0

363 and six hours seleeted from 270, 271 , 272, 273, 346, 450, 465 ; Women 290, 333 and four hours �eIected f rom :�46, 450, 465.

Elementary School Preparation : 48 h o urs

Teach ing Major : 24 hours Required: Phy�i cal Education 210, 292, :310, 312, 341 , 345, 346, 450, 465 and five hours of elect ives. Teaching Minor: 12 hours Required: Physical Education 210, 292, 310, 312, 341 , 345.

History Senior lligh School Preparation: 45 h ours

Teaching Major : 30 hours Required: History 103, 104, 203, 204, 210, plus 16 hours in history. Suggested su pporting courses : Fifteen hours selected from eeonomics, geography, political science and sociology.

Junior lIigh School Preparation : 45 hours

Teaching Major : Thirty hours in the department as listed under Teaching \-I ajor for Senior High School Preparation. Suggested support ing cou rses : Fifteen hours selected from economic�, ge· ography, political science and sociology.

Mall.emalicN

Senior High School Preparation : 45 hours

Teaching Major : 27 hours Prerequisites : Math 1 1 2 and 131 or equivalent. Required: Twenty·seven hours of mathematics numbered 200 or above, including Math 200, 201, 290, :321 , :�4 1 , 453, 454. Suggested support ing courses : Physics 151, 1 52 or 261, 262, and tell hours of sciences. Junior lIigh Sch.ool Preparatio n : 45 h ours TeaGhinp; Major : 24·28 hours Prerequi.lites : i'l-[ath 1 12 anrl 131 or equivalent. Required: Math 200, 20 1 , 290, 32 1 , 453. Suggested supporting courses : Physics 15 1 , 152 or 261, 262. Tear.hing Minor : 1 7·21 hours Prerel[uisitp..� : Math 112 and 131 or equivalent. Required: ath 200, 290, 321 and 3 hours selected from Math 201 , 341 , 453.

Elementary School Preparation: 48 h ours

Teaching Major : 24 hours Prerequisites : Math 112 and 131 or equivalent. Required: Math 200, 201, 290, 321 : 341 or 453. Suggested supporting courses : Eight hours in a related area. Teaehinp; Minor : 1 2 hOiIJ"s Twelve hours in the area to be determined in consultation with the School of Education.

6 0 i\ ( \ m TH one; \ IZNI' lO '

MIl&ic

Senior High School Preparation : 45 hours

Teaching Major : 45 hours Required: Music l l l , l l2, 211, 212, 221, 222, 141, 142, 243, 244, 340, 341, 342, 440f. Eight hours of private instruction, four of which must be i n piano. Four hours o f ensemble must b e earned during the junior and senior years. Five hOllrs of upper division music courses are also required.

Junior High School Preparation: 45 hours

Teaching Major : 28 hours Required : Music l l l , 112, 211 , 212, 221, 222, 341 or 342, 440f, plus fOllr hours of private study, two of which must be in piano and two hours of choir, chorus, band, orchestra, madrigal singers, or chamber ensemble plus two hOllrs of electives to total 28 hours. Teaching Minor : 20·21 hours Required: Music 101, 120, 341 or 342, 340 or 440f, plus four hours of private study, two of which must be in piano, and two to four hours of choir, chorus, band, orchestra, ma drigal si-ngers, or chamber ensemble. In addition, one hour of voice class and one hour of instrumental laboratory is required.

Elementary School Preparation : 48 hours

Teaching Major : 24- hours Required: Music 101, 120, 341 or 342, 340 or 440f, pIllS four hours of private study, two of which mnst be in piano, and two to four hours of choir, chorus, band, orchestra, madrigal s.ingers, or chamber ensemble. In addition, one hour of voice class and one hour of instrumental labora· tory is required. Four to six hours of electives to total 24 hours. Teaching Mi nor : 12 hours Required: Twelve hours i n the area, courses to be determined In eon· sultation with the chool of Education.

Physics

Senior High School Preparation : 45 hours

Teaching Major : 25 hours Required : Physics 151, 152 or 261, 262, 3 1 1 , 361, 362, and at least one additional laboratory course. Suggested supporting courses : Chemistry 121, 122 ; Mathematics 131, 200, 201, 202.

Junior High School Preparation : 45 hours

Teaching Major : 24·28 hours Required : Physics 151, 152 or 261, 262, 311, and at least one additional laboratory course : Mathematics 1 12, 131, 200, 201.

Political Science

Senior High School Preparation: 45 hours

Teaching Major : 27 hours

\1 ADE�nr 01 (. :\ 'IZ \'flO T 6 1

Required: Political Science 101 or 301, 251, 252, 331, plus fi fteen audi­tional hours of electives_ Suggested supporting courses: Economics 101 ; Geography 101 ; History, 8 hours ; Psychology 101 ; Sociology 101 or 300_

Science (General)

Senior High School Preparation : 45 hours

Emphasis on General Science Teaching Major : 45 hours Prerequi.,it e : Mathematics 101 or equivalent. Required: Biology 101, 102, or 1:31, 1 :32 and 141 or 142 ; Chemistry 121 , 122 ; Gpology 101, 102 ; Physics 1.51, 152, 311 ; Mathematics 1 12, 1.'31, 200_

Emphasis on Earth Science Teaching Jl.hjor: 45 hours Prerequisite: Mathematics 131. Required: Geology 101, 102, 203, 204 and 497, 498_ Suggested supporting courses: General Science 122 ; Chemistry 121, 122 ; Physics 151, 152 ; Biolo!!:y 101, 102 or 131, 132_ Recommended : Geology 360 may be substituted for Geology 497, 498 ; General Science 136_

Junior High School Preparation : 45 hours

Emphasis o� General Science Teaching Major : 24,28 hours Prerequisite: Mathematics 101. Required: ( l ) Biology 101, 102, or 131, 132, and 141 or 142 ; Chemistry 121 , 122 ; Physics 151, 152 or 261, 21J2, or ( 2 ) General Science 121 ; Mathematics 1 12 a nd/or 131.

Emphasis on Earth Science Teaching Major : 24-28 hours Required : Geology 101, 102, 203, 204. Suggested supporting courses : General Science 122 ; Chemistry I l l , 112, or 12 1 , 122 : Mathematics 131. Recommended : Biology 101, 102 or 131, 132 ; Geology 360 ; General

cience 136 ; Physics 151, 152. Emphasis on General ience

Teach i ng Minor : 1 7-21 hours Courses selected anu total hours subject to approval of scienee uepart­ments and will vary depenuing upon high school background of the indi­vidual student.

Emphasis on Earth Science Teaching 'finor : 17-21 hours Required: Geology ] 01, 102, 203, 204, and three to seven hours selected from other general science areas.

Elemen/.ary School Preparation : 48 hours

Emphasis on General Science Teaching Major : 24 hours

Indivi dual programs to be plan ned b}, th G€neral Science department i n consultation with the School of Education.

Emphasis on Earth Science Teach i ng Major: 24 hours R equired: Geology 101, 1 02, 20.3, 204 : General Science 122. Recommended : Ei"ht hours from Physics 151, 152 ' Chemistry I ll, 112 ; or Iliolorry 101 , 1 02.

Social Science

Senior High chool Preparatio n : 45 hours

Teaching 'fajor: 45 hours Requir d: I-U tory 10:3, 1 04, 203, 204, 2] 0 ; Economics 1 01 or 300 ; Geog­raphy 101 ; Pol it ical Science 101 or 251 or 301 ; Sociology 101 or 300 and Psychology 441 or Sociology 441 . Suggested supporling c.ourscs : Sixteen houTs to he taken from not more than two of these fiel d s : econom ies, polit ical sc ience, psychology or

sociology. minimum of ten hours must be in one field.

Junior High School Preparation : 45 hours

Teachi n g Major: 24-28 hours RC(IUircd: Econom ic.s 101 o r 300 ; Geography 1 01 ; Hi,tory 103, ]04 20:3, 204, 2 1 0 ; Polit ic a l Science 1 01 , 251 or 301 ; Sociology 101 or 300. Tea hing Minor : 1 7-21 ' hours Required: Twelve hours in history and nine hours selecterl from otlwr

social sf.ienc", areas : or eight hours of h istory and 9 to 13 hours �elected from the other social scien es-economics, political science, psychology or sociology.

Elem entary School Preparation : 48 hours Teach inp; Majo r : 24 hours Required: Si x teen hours from the following social sciences : economic,;, hist o ry, political Rcienee, psychology or sociology, History 203, 204 and 210 nre req u i r·ed. Teach ing 1inor: 1 2 hours Twelve h01ll"� in the area, courses to be determined III consultat i on w i t h the School of Education.

Sociology Scnior High Sch ool Preparatio n : 45 hours

Tea"hinlt Major : 27 hours RequirC<i : Sociology WI or 300, 202, 341, 4]2, 431, and twelve addit ional hours of electives. Suggested supporting courses : Economics 101 or 300 : Geography 101 : H i story H hOlW : Political Science 101 or 300 ; PSY 'holorry 1 0 1 .

pecch Senior High School Preparation : 45 hours

Teaching Major : 24 hours

01 H e ( HG 1 T IZI TIO. 6 3

Required: Speech 1 0 1 , 104, 240, six hours from 220, 256 or 270 and nIne hours of upper div i s ion elect ives. Suggested supporting courses : One of the following : ( l ) twen ty-one hours in English approved and numbered above 102, or ( 2 ) twenty-one hours in a modern or classical language.

Junior High School Preparation : 45 hours

Teaching Major : 24-28 hours Required : Fifteen to eighteen hours in Speech, plus nine to twelve hours in �uPJlorting fields. Teaching Minor : 1 7-21 hours Required: Speech 101 , 1 04, 250, plus nIne to twelve hours of electives.

Elementary Sch ool Preparation: 48 h ours

Teaching Major : 24 hours Required: Fifteen hours in speech and nine hours in English. Teaching 'f inor: 12 hours Courses to be determined in consultat ion with the School of Education.

PROFESSIONALIZED SUBJECT MATI'ER

Elementary School Teaching

In the area of Professionalized Subject Matter under Elementary School Teachinl';. a minimum of 12 hours is required.

Art 325 Art i n the Elementary School

Educat ion 312 The Teaching of Reading 31.5 I nstructional !\Iaterials ,319 The Teaehing of A rithmetic 4B Science in the Elementary School 414 Soc ial Studies in the Elementary School-open to experienced teachers

only 416 Parent-Teacher Conference 423 Language Arts in the Elementary School-open to experienced teachers

only 426 Primary Readi ng-open to experienced teachers only 429 Diagnosis of Reading Problems 442 Speech for the Classroom Teacher

English 321, 322 Chi ldren's Literature

Music 340 Music in the Elementary School

Physical Education

.112 Physical Education i ll the Elementary School 341 Methods in Folk Game ' 342 Problems i n Teaching Rhythmics

6 4 \(' n r.l\I 1 r. onr: IZ \TIO

SUGGESTED SCHEDULE OF COURSES

Elementary School Preparation

Freshman Year Hrs. English 101 , 102 6 ReI 101 L i fe of Jesus .. 2 ReI 1 12 History of the

Christian Church 2 Sci 121 In troduction to

Biological Science '1 Sci 122 In troduction to

Physical Sciences 4 Social Science electives 6 PE activity 2

• Eleetives . 6

32

Sophomore Year TIrs. A rt I I I Fundamentals of Art or

Music 1 10 Fundamentals of Music 3 Geog 101 World Geography 3 Hist 210 The Pacific Northwest . 2 Psy 1 0 1 General Psy(;hology 3 ReI 201 The Bihle-Old Testament 2 ReI 202 The Bible-New

Testament Edue 202 fntroduction to

Education English elective PE activity

tElectives ..

2

3 3 2 9

Junior nnd Senior High School Preparation

Freshm.an Year Engl 101, 1 02 Composition ReI 101 Life o f J esus ReI 1 1 2 History of the

Christian Church Science Social Science electives PE activity

... Electives

. 2 8 6 2

.. 6

32

Sophom.ore Year Hrs A rt or Music elective 3 Hist 210 The Pacific Northwest 2 Psy 101 General Psychology 3 ReI 201 The Bible-Old Testament . 2 ReI 202 The Bible-New

Testament .. 2 Educ 202 Introduction to Education 3 English elective 3 P.E. Activity 2

,Electives 1 2

32

* The student should include Speech 101 if his score on the proficiency test in speech was not satis/aclOry.

tThe student shouLd include HeaLth and Physical Education 210 if his score on the proficiency test in health was not satisfactory.

SCHOOL OF FINE AND APPLIED ARTS

The School of Fine and Applied A rts comprises the Departments of Art, [w;ic, and Speech, offering a broad cultural education in the fine arts and

special tra in ing i n the following areas o f study : sculpture, painting, applied music, musi history and literature, theory and composition, drama, speech arts, speech pathology, and telecommunications.

The objectives of this school are to provide the student specialized trammg in one of the fine arts ; to p rovide a cultural background through the study of the relationship of all the arts ; and to prepare the student for the profes­sional a p p lication of his knowledge and training.

\ ( . D I 1 T I our, IZ \'1 10:-';:

6 5

Degrees Oll'ered The School of Fine and A p plied Arto offers the degree, Bachelor of Fine

A rts and Bachelor of Music.

Candidates for the Bachelor of Fine A rts degree may concentrate in the Department of Art or Speech.

Candi dates for the Bachelor of \111Sic degree must complet e both the specific eourse, i n mu"ic and the all-university requirements and m ust meet the ap­p roved standards of mllsi(; ianship.

I n addi tion to the all-university course requirements, eandi dates for a degree in t his school m ust fulfill the following requirements :

1 . The foreign language requirement may vary from 0 to sixteen hours deppndent u pon the total number of credits earned in high school and the eval uation of the stndent's needs by the chairman of the department concerned and his recommendation to the Director o f the School.

2. The science requirement may be met by a year course in science or by Science 121 (Introduction to Biological Science) and Science 122 ( Intro­duction to Physical Science ) .

Arl Candidates for Ihe Bar-helor o

'f A rts degree are registered in Ihe College

of A rts and Scicn"e;; and must meet all general requirements of the College. The specific requirements for the major arc found u nder Art i n the section COURSES OF I NSTRUCTION.

Candidates for the Bachelor of A rts in Education degree who arc planninp; a teaching major i n Art should refer to page 5 4 u nder ACADEJ\!UC PREPA­HATION.

Candidates for the Bachelor of Fine A rts degree may complete their majors with an emphasis i n either oil pai nt ing, or sculpture, or ceramics.

Requirements for a Bachelor o f Fine Arts dep;ref' wi th a major in art are .55 credit hours in art. Course Tequirements for a major in art are Art 1 1 0, l l l , 112, 210, 2\:), 215, 218, 231 , 4 1 1, 412, 421 , a n d addi tional u p per division courses to com plete the major requiremenls.

Freshman Year FIrs. Art 1 1 0 I n troduction to the

Visual rts Art I I I Fu ndamental;; of Art Art 1 12 Drawing and Painting A rt 2 1 0 Crealive Design Engl 1 0 1 , 102 Com posilion Foreign language 1 01 , 102 ReI. 101 l . i fe of Jesus ReI. 1 12 Hi. tory of the

Ch.ristian Church PE activity EJccti yes _________________ . _________ _

'J . J

2 2 6 fl 2

2 2 2

32

Soph omore Year Sculpture Lettering and Layout

lIrs. 2 2

A rt 2 ] 5 Art 218 Art 231 Rei 201 ReI 202

Oil Paint ing 2 The B i ble-Old Testamenl 2 The Bible-New Testament 2

Science requirement Social science elective A pproved art courses PE aetivity

8 3 9 2

6 6

Junior Year

Upper division art courses Literature elective Philosophy requirement Soc ial sc ience elective Electives

p eh

OBC

firs.

1 5 :l :1 3 8

:12

IZ TI

Senior Year

Urrer division art courses Social science electives Electives

firs.

15

6

1 1

32

The Department of Speech embraces four sections: speech art" drama, tele· cornnlllnications, and rathology.

Candi dates for the Bachelor of Arts degree an' registered in the College of rls and Sciences und must mee t all general requirements o f the College. The

spec i fic requirements for the major are found under Speech in the seet ion CO R SES OF INSTR CTID .

Candidates for the Bachelor of Arts in Education degree who are planning a teaching major in Speech shou ld refer to page 62 under ACADEMIC PR Ep·

RATION.

Candi dates for the Bachelor of Fine A rts degree may com plete their majors with an emphasis in speech arts, drama, or a combination major involvin� speech arts, drama, telecommunieations, or pathology. This degree requires 48

hours of work within the Dep.artmen t of Speech.

Bach lor of Fine Arts

Major in Speecl.

Freshman Year

Engl 101, 1 02 Compo�ition ReI 101 L ife of Jesus ReI 1 1 2 History of the

Christian Chu rch Iu ic or Art elective

5 ience Social eienee elective Speh 101 .Fun damentals o f

Speech Speh 1 04 Fundame.ntals of

Speech Structure PE activity

Junior Year

Philosophy requirement Social science electives .

pproved speech courses E lectives

firs.

6

2

2

3

8

3

3

. .. . 3 2

32

I1rs. 3

. ._ . 6 .... _ .1 5

8

32

Sophomore Year

Modern language 1 0 1 , 102

firs. 8

2

2

ReI 201 The B ib le-O ld Testament . ReI 202 The Bible-New Testament Approved speech courses __ . .. _ . . . . . . 12

2

6

PE activity Electives . ... .

Senior Year

Literature elect.i ve Social s<;ience elective Sociology elective Ap p roved speech electives .. Electives . . . . . . . . .. ____ ..

32

lIrs. .. . .. 3

.. . . 3 :3

1 5

8

32

I I IZ �TI 7

Music

The Departmen t o f Music offers curricula leading to degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of usic.

The Bachelor of Arts deg ree is a non-professional four-year cOllrs� for stu­

dents who want to become well-educated i.n music, yet wan t to be sol i dly grounded in l iberal a rts. Candidates for this degree are registered in tbe College

of Arts and Sciences and must m eet all requirements of tbe College. The specific requi rements for the major are found under Music i n the sec tion CO R ES OF IN TRUCTTON.

Candi dates for the Bachelor of Arts in Educa tion degree who are plan ning a teachinf!; majIJr i n Music should refer to page 60 under ACADEjI,fIC PREP­

ARATION.

The Bachelor of fusic curriculum is design d for the studen t who intends to become a profe ional musician. The degree is offered with a major in Cd i n S L rn mental perform ance , ( b ) vocal performance, ( c ) history and l iterature, ( d ) theory and com position.

CeDerul Requirements (or tit Bachelor of MDsic De!!]" e

EVI-,ry prospective student will be tested in the arcas of musiciansh i p, general pnforrnanec abi li ty, and, specifically, his abil i ty to play the piano. At the entrance exami nation in piano the student w i l l be asked to play m aj or and harmonic m i nor ",calc. a si mp le piece hy Bach, the first movement of a classic sonata or Ronat ina, and to read at si ght a short picce of avera�e hymn tune diO'cll l ty.

A voice majo r must be a memher of an i nstru mental ensemble, and an in stru­

nwntal major of a vocal ensemble for at least one year.

Mu.�ic Curricula

Freshman Year Hrs.

MilS 1 1 1, 1 1 2 Theory 6

'l\-1usic, vocal or instrumental lessons __ .. ___ .. _. . . . 2

1:m;ie; llsemble 0 Engl .10 1 , 102 :ompOSltlOn 6 His! 103, 104 History of

Civil ization or T Tist 203, 204 mcrican History . 6 Modern language 201, 202 6

Rei 10] T . ife of Jesus 2 Rcl 1 1 2 History of the Christi an

Chu r · h _ __ 2 PE activity 2

Sophomore Year H r.\. tus 21 1, 2 12 Theory 8

Mus 2 2 ) , 222 History 2 , [us 243 Woodwinds 1 "Mus 244 Brass an d Percussion 'Music:, vocal or inSL rumental

Ie. ons Music ensemble Social sc ience electives

2 o

6

'ci cnce requirement H Rei 201 The BiLlc--Dl d Testament 2 ReI 202 The Bi blc- ew Testmncn 2 I'E acti vi ty 2

34

6 8 c nUl l l: onc , rz TIO

A. Instrumental Performance

JlJ.nior Year Hrs.

Mus 350 Piano ( Advanced ) or 'lus :152 Organ 4

M .360 Class Piano or Mus 362 Class Organ 2 Mo 3 1 1 Modal Counterpoint 2 Mns :112 Tonal Counterpoint 2 Mus 321 Music in the

Renais5al1ce _ _ 3 Mus 322 Musie in the Baroque 3 Music ensemble 2 Approved music electives 6 Literature eledive 3 Phil osop hy requ irement . _ _ _ _ _ _ 3

30

Senior Year Hrs .

'Mus 350 Piano ( Advanced ) or 'Mus 352 Organ 4 Mu 360 Class Piano or

fus 362 Class Organ 2 Mus 4 1 1 , 412 Form 4 Mus 423 Classic and Romantic

Music 3 iVIus 424 Contemporary Music. 3 Music ensemble 2

'Ius 137 Chamber Ensemble 2 Music electives 6 Electives __ 6

32

·'Students planning to major in vocal or instrumental performance must take tW() credits a semester. During the first year a voice major will take one hour of piano and one hour 01 voice each semester.

'Not taken by majors in vocal or instrumental performance.

'Formal recital required d.uring senior year.

B. Vocal Performance

funior Year

Mus 354 Voice ( A dvanced ) Ius :121 Music in the

Ifrs.

4

Renaissance :I Mus :122 Music in the Baroque :� Mus 311 Modal Counterpoint 2 Mus 312 Tonal Counterpoint 2 Mus 341 Choral Conducti ng 2 Mus 135 Madrigal Singers and

Yocal Ensemble 2 Music ensem ble 2 Mus 150 Piano 2

'Foreign language_. 8 Ele Lives 2

32

Senior Year

• 1us 354 Yoice ( Advanced) Mus 42:1 Classic and Romantic

Tlrs.

4

lusic 3 'lus 424 Contemporary Music 3

Mus 4 1 1 , 4 12 orm 4 Music en�emble _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ 2 Mus 435 Opera Workshop . _ . _ 4 Mu ic elec tives 4 Literature elective _ _ __ :� Philosophy requirement _____________ _ _ 3

30

·Af: \DEl\rT • OR(; \ TIZ TID 6 9

C. History and Literature

Junior Year firs. Mus 3 1 1 Modal Counterpoint 2 M us 312 Tonal Counterpoint 2

fus 321 Music in the Renaissance .3

Mus 322 IHusic i n the Baroque 3

Mus 427 Bach 2 Music ensemble Mus 350 Piano ( Advanced ) .

'Foreign language Mus 1 4 1 , )42 Strings Music elective

D. Theory and Composition

Junior Year

Mus HI , 142 Strings . Ius 321 Music in the

2 2 8 2 6

32

Hrs.

2

Renaissance :1

Mus 322 M usic i n the Baroque 3 Mus 3 1 1 Modal Counterpoint 2 M usic 312 Tonal Counterpoint 2 Music ensemble 2 Mug 34 1 Choral Conducting 2 Mus 150 Piano or Ius 350 Piano ( dvanced ) 2

MILq 491 Composition 5 1U5ic electives 6

Phi losophy requirement 3

32

Senior Year nrs.

Mus 411 , 412 Form .. 4 Mo 42:1 Classic and Romantic

Music 3 Mus 424 Contemporary M usic 3 Mus 428 Musicology 3

'fusic ensemble.... . . ..... __ .. 2 Mus 426 Music i n A ntiquity and

Middle ges 3 Music electives 6 Literature elective 3 Philosophy requirement ... _ . . .. 3

32

Senior Year Hrs.

Mus 4 1 1, 4 1 2 Form 4 Mus 423 Clas.'iic and Romantic

Music .3 Mus 424 Cont.em porary Music 3 Mus 4 1 5, 416 Orchestration 4 Mu. 342 Instrumental Conducting 2 Mus 491 Composition _ 6 M usic elective 3 Literature elective .. .3

.30

'The number 0/ hours required is determined upon the evaluation 0/ the student'" n eeds by the chairman and his recommendation to the Director 0/ the School.

'FormaL recital required during senior year.

SCHOOl, OF NURSING

The School of Nursing is a professional school which meets the University requirements for the degree of Bac helor of Science in Nursing. lL is accredited by the Washington Slate Board of Nursing which qualifies the gradllates of this school to take the licensing examination. Graduates who pass this examination ( Registered Nurse ) are qualified to fill first level staff nursing positions in health agencies.

\ ' \Df< H . OH . IZ TIO

7 1

Philosopby lind Purpose

The School of Nursing accepts the challenge to prepare profes�ional nurses who recognize and participate in the responsibil it ies and opportunit ies for Ch rist ian service in nursing. The faculty acknowledges its responsibi l i ty to promote high quality profession al nu rsing services for mankind.

The School believes that nursing as a profession should be concerned with the physical , mental, emotional, social and spiritual health of the individual. Therefore, the faculty strives to guide the students to develop a sense of responsibility and to acquire the knowledge and skills for nursing. The prepa­ration of the professional nurse also ineludes cultural growth thr'ough the use of the various disci pli nes of the Un iversity.

Health

The nursing; student maintains her own optimum health and is a promoter and teacher of health. Physical examinations, x-rays, and immunizations are required prior to adm issions to the cl in ical period and periodically thereafter, and are the responsihil ity of the students. Students should carry personal health i nsurance while in the cl inical program.

peci;11 Fees

In addition to rer.;ular un iversity costs, studen ts should be prepared to pay the cost of transportation between the campus and the cl in ical u ni ts, special health exam i nation fee� ; student uniforms ( a p proximately S70.00 ) : and llllrs­inr.; aptitude and achievement tests ( S 10.00 to 20.00 ) .

Re�our(�es, Facilities lIod Services

To provide the best learn ing experience i n the various cl in ical fields under the d irect supervis ion of i ts faeulty, the School utilizes the hospitals and health ul':cncics in its immediate vic inity including their Iihraries and classrooms. Clinical laboratory learning is direc.ted by regular U niversi ty faculty members in the following facilities :

I\IOUNTAJ VIEW GENERAL HOSPITAL ( 287 beds )

Claris A l l ison, M.D., Superintendent Agnes Wilson, R. ., Director of Nurses

M A DIGAN GEl E R A L HOSPITAL (536 beds )

Bril':. G<m. Byron L. Stegar, Hospital Commander Lt. Col. Elma Hennie�, A NC, Chief, urging Service

VETER 5 ADMI ISTRATION HOSPITAL ( American Lake ) (904 beds )

Thomas A. March, M.D., Hospital Director Florence M. Naske, R. ., Chief, Nursing Service Florence H. Meuhlhauser, R. ., Associate Chief, Nursing Service for Education

7 2 \ ( . UW'\1T C (l H e " TZ A TlO

GOOD SAM RITA FTOSPIT L, Puyallup, Washington ( 71 beds)

Paul Tcslow, A dm i n istrator Virp;inia Lovett, R.N., D i rec;tor of Nursing Service

TA mfA·PIERCE COU TY HEALTH DEPA RT ENT C. R. Fargher, M.D., Di rector of Health Edith f i tchel I , R. ., Chief of 'ursing Division

ddit ional hospital. , day nu.rseries and other facil i ties are used as needed to enrich the studen t ·' learning.

The Nursing Program

This program is planned for high school graduates and may be com pleted i n four a c a d e m i e years a n d one summer by students w h o meet t h e Sehool requi rf'­ments. Through this program of general and professional educat ion , students may prepure themselves for begi nn ing position:; i n profef-sional nursi ng, and arc preparcd for continu ing their education at the graduate level.

Adm ission and Curriculu m Requirements

In addition to the requirements for admission to the U n iven;ity, the School of ursi ng recommends one·year high school courses in hoth biolo� and chemistry, and a m i n imum ' cumulative grade point average i n hi�h school of 25. A year of general education i n the College of Arts and S iences, as out·

l i ned in the nursing eurricul um, p recedes the professiona l eour�es. To be ac· cep ted by the School of Nursing as a candidate for the Bachelor of Science in

ursing dep;r"c, a studen t must meet the fol lowi ng requiremcnts :

1 . Earn a c t lmulative grade poi nt average of 2.0 for the freshman year.

2. Com p kte a series of tests which give evidence of emotional, mental anrl m a n u a l a p ti tudes for n u rsing .

. ,,"'Meet the physical requirements for nursing.

1. Posse�s the personal attitudes and i deals which are desirable in nursing.

S. Be app roved hy the School o f Nursing facuIty for admission subsequent to eomplction o f the screening tests and personal conferences.

Standards requi red for adm ission m ust be maintained throughout the program i f the ( ·und.i rlate i to retain her standing in the School.

A candidate who has attended some other i nstitution, including graduation from an approved school of nu ,ing, may receive eredit toward a degree i n nur�ing provided she meets the general requirements for admission to the School of Nursinf!. Transferrable credits will b evaluated on an i ndividual basi . The professional educational requirements of the graduate nurse appl icant will be based on her earlier program, on additional or subsequent educational experience, and on the re�ults o f her nurse qualifying examination.

The School of Nursing faculty reserves the right to request the withdrawal of a nursing student who fails to demonstrate competency, or who fails to maintain professional standards.

\ . nnl J { , OBI , TZ \ T I O 7 3

Curriculum in Nursing Program

Freshman Year lIrs.

Biology 1 61 , 162 Human An atomy and Physi ology" 8

Biology 201 Microbiology 4 Chemistry I I I

Inorganic Chemistry 4 Enp;lish 101 , 102 Composit i on 6 Nursing 103

Introduction to ursing 2 Psycholop;y 101

General Psychology 3 Re ligion }01 Life of Jesus 2 Religion 1 12 History of t he

Christian Church 2 P. E. Activity 2

Junior Year Literature electi ve

uL'ing 3:35, 336 Maternal and Child

P:yebology .301 Human Oev"lo pmen t

Philosophy 300 or 312 Sociolog 430 The Fami l Soci al cience elecli

:l:{ Hrs.

.3

ursi ng 14

:; .3 3 6

:,2

Summer ursing 1.36 Fundamentals ( for nine weeks )

Sophomore Year A r t o r Music elective Chem istry 1 12 Organ i c Chemistry Nursing 235, 236

Medical- urgical Nu rsing Rel igion 201

The Bi hle-Old Test ament Rel igio n 202

The Bible-New Testament Sociolol'J' 101

I n t roduction to Sociology" ....

Senior Year Elective

Hrs.

9

Hrs. 3 4

18

2

2

3 32

J7rs . .5

Jursing 401 , 402 Seminar 4 Nu rsi ng 435 Psych iatric ursi ng 6

ursing 475 dvan ced ursi ng 8 ur,ing 4:36 Public Heal th urging 8

3 1

DIVlsrON OF GRADUATE STUDIES Purpose

Th , Divi�ion of Graduate Stu die, is a n all-university division coordinating and integrat i n g the work of the u n dcrgraduatl' srhools and colleges, which th rough i t� vari ous department ' provides grad ua te level work. I ts genera l oi>jedive is to further the basic objectives of the niversity by providing advan c e d graduate level aca demic and professional work. Its speci fic objecti v,, ' arc : ( 1 ) to in­crea'ie the b readth and depth of u n derstanding of the grad uate student i n one or more of the l ibera l arts disciplines, ( 2 ) to in(-rease the ,tndent's knowledge of thl' research heing donI' in his field of concentra t i o n and to increase his abi lity to read the professional journals of his area of i nterest, ( 3 ) to develop the student's a bi l i ty to do independent study and research, and ( 4 ) to prepare students th rough the upper division and graduate division, and through the U niversi ty" professional schools, for entry i nt o a vocati on direr:tly, or to enter other graduate schools for further advanced stu dy.

AdnIission

Students holding a Bach lor's degree from an accredited eollcge or u niver­si ty who at tai ned an undergraduate scholastic h onor· point ratio of .3.0 during

7 4

tlwir senior year of eollege may be admi tted and granted reguLar slatus in the Divi�ion of Graduate Studies. Tho"e with less than a n average of .1.0 will not bt: considered for re{',u.lar stalUs until they have demonstrated their abil i ty to uo graduate work by a minimum of a semester s work with a grade point average of '1.0. SluUp.nts majoring in an area of profes�ional education must have met all reqllircm . n l. for teaching cert i ficat ion. II students expecting to enter Division of Graduate Studies will he expected to lake an admission exami na· tion at th' University's Office of the Director of Tc,ting and have the results forwarued to th Office of the Director. Further supporting evidence i n the form of pcrsonal recomme ndations may be rcque�ted.

Students applying for adm ission to graduate study as re{',ular status students should submit the completed application blank ( available from the ofTice of the Di rector of Graduate Studi es ) pIllS two ollicial tran",ripts. This should be done hdore or during the first ,;ession of registration in graduate courses. A p p roval of admission to the Division of G raduate Studies does not imply aUm is,ion to candidacy for tbe degree. Al l concspondence concerning admission should be d i rected to the Director of Graduate Studies.

ellIS i fi calion (I f Students Admilled 10 Graduate I tldy

1. Thos!, student ' approved for unqualified admission to graduate study by their reo rective gra duate committees are .ranted re{',ular status.

2. Students admitted llnucr the provisions of special slatus may i nclude those who wish to pursue course work with no intention of qualifying for an advanced dCf!ref\ those who are t ransient registrants and those who fail t o qual ifj' for admission to re{',ulaT slalUs.

A ignmenl 10 Advisers

Re{',u/"r Slatus stud nts are a"signed the Director of Graduate Studks as their major adviser. The chairman o f the department i n which the student takes h is minor field of (; oncenlration becomes the stlldent'� m inor adviser.

Special Slalus �tudents arc advised hy the chairman or a m ember of the �tlld('nt's major department.

Program of St udy

At the p resent t ime the program of study of rC{',lLiar SlalUs students i neludes a major area of conc ntration i n education or a tca<:hing iield and a m i nor comp leted in one of the departments of the U n. iversity . Fo r his major he selects any one of the following fields : Elementary or Secondary School Ad­min istration, Guidance and Counseling, and Elem ntary Classroom Teaching or

condary Cla�sroom Teaching. For each f the fields a m i nor is requireu i n a n y one of the academic tcac.hing fields I i tcd below : art, hiology, business a d m i n istration, chemistry, English, health and physical edueation, history, mathematics, music, pol itical science, psychology, science (general ) , sociology, and speech. A studen t wi bing to minor in other departments rnay complete the w rk at anotl",r institution if he has the prior approval of his graduate com­m ittee.

The total graduate program , i ncluding approval of the student's research work, is sllpen�sed by a graduate committee com posed of the D i rector of Graduate Studie$, two representatives of the college or school offering the major, and the chairman (or his representative ) of the department of the

D E fI IZ TTO 7 5

minor field. A mi ni m um of thirty semester hours is requi red. Six semester hours of graduate work may be taken at another i nstitution provi ded that approval has been given by the Rtudent's graduate commi ttee .

R egular status stu den ts must have their proposed prop;rams of cou rses ap­proved by their respective graduate commi ttees along w i th a pp roval of admi�sion before or durinp; the nrst sessi on of registration as a regular status studen t.

Standard of Work

The mi n imum standard aceeptable for regular status students is a grade point average of .'l.0 i n both the major and mlllor.

Research Requiremenls

As an im port an t part of his master\ program, the student is required to "how that he can do i ndependent rescareh. For t h is purp ose he may el ect to follow one of two plans : com plete a thesi s or write two or three research papers. Whichever plan he elects to follow, before emharking on his re,earch, the candidate m ust present an outline of his proposed retiearch to h is com­mittee for ap proval . This outl i ne should follow a p rescri bed plan obta i nahl e upon· request. After his proposal for research ha� heen approved, lw must report to the appropriate adviser pe riodical ly for evaluation of his work. The research in its nnal form must be presented to the graduate committee for its a p p roval. This mus be done at least six weeks hefore the awurdinp; of the degree. If the student elects to follow th e first pl an, the thesis must he wri tten in hi� major neld .of concentration. If he follows the second plan, the research may all he done in thf! major field or partly i n the major and partly in the minor.

nder the thesi s plan, the student is requ ired to su bm i t two typewritten e op i es of his the�is ( to be bound later } , the original for deposi t in the ni ver­,;ity li brary and the first carb on GOpy for the Division of Graduate Studies. Under the researcb paper plan, the student also must deposit typewritten copies of eaeh paper with the Divisi on of Graduate Studies.

ExuminatiofU!

written comprehensive examination over the required courses and the major' area of concentrati on as wel l as an oral exami nation on the thesis or research , is required. The written ex am i nat ion is under the direction of the D i reetor of Graduate Studies a n d must be successful ly p assed not la ter Lh n six weeks prior to commencement. Exam i n a t ions in the minor arc op tional with the department concerned. The oral exami nation over the t hesis or research is u nder the direction of the p;raduu te committee and must be com plet d not l([ter than joltr weeks prior to commencemen.t.

Time Lim.it

All requirements jar the Master's degree m ust be completed within seven year,l. The seven-year peri od covers all work submi tted for the completion of the Master's degree regardless of whether the ., ork was taken as special stallls or regular statlts, as well as c redit transferred from another institution, com­prehensive e, ami nation, thesis, and final oral examination.

Fees Graduation and thesis binding fees are t o be paid in the bu. in

later t han four weeks before commencement. oftlce not

Summ

ary

of P

roce

dure

s fo

r M

aste

r's

Deg

ree

Pro

ced

ure

s

Ap

pli

cati

on

for

ad

mis

sion

to

the

Di­

visi

on o

f G

rad

uat

e St

udie

s A

ppro

val

of

adm

issi

on,

sele

cti

on

o

f m

ajo

r a

nd

min

or a

rea

s o

f co

nce

n­

trat

ion

, a

nd

ap

prov

al

of

deg

ree

pro

gra

m

Sel

ecti

on

and

ap

pro

val

of

thes

is

prob

lem

or

prob

lem

s fo

r re

sear

ch

pape

rs

Pro

gres

s re

port

s on

th

esis

or

re

­se

arch

pap

ers

Reg

istr

atio

n fo

r th

esis

or

re

sear

ch

pap

ers

Com

pre

hen

sive

w

ritt

en

exam

inat

ion

over

maj

or

Com

pre

hen

sive

ex

amin

atio

n o

ver

. m

inor

w

her

e re

qu

ired

Fil

ing

of

thes

is

or

rese

arch

p

aper

s

Fin

al o

ral

exam

inat

ion

on

th

esis

or

re

sear

ch

pap

ers

Gra

du

atio

n f

ee

and

fe

e fo

r b

ind

ing

th

esis

Und

er t

he D

irec

tion

of

Dire

ctor

of

Gra

du

ate

Stu

die

s

Gra

duat

e C

omm

itte

e, c

ompo

sed

of

Dir

ecto

r of

G

rad

ua

te

Stu

dies

, T

wo

repr

esen

tati

ves

of

Sch

ool

or C

olle

ge

of t

he

ma

jor,

C

hair

man

of

dep

art­

men

t o

f m

inor

' G

radu

ate

Com

mit

tee

Adv

iser

Reg

istr

ar's

Offi

ce

Dir

ecto

r of

Gra

duat

e S

tudi

es

Min

or D

epar

tmen

t

Gra

du

ate

Com

mit

tee

Gra

du

ate

Co

mm

itte

e

Bus

ines

s O

ffice

Dal

e Be

fore

o.r d

uri

ng

th

e fi

rst

sess

ion

of

reg­

istr

atio

n

as

a re

gu-

lar

sta

tu�

stu

den

t.

Bef

ore

or

du

rin

g

firs

t se

ssio

n

of

reg

is­

tra

tion

as

a

reg

ula

r s

tatu

s st

ud

ent.

Not

lat

er

than

th

e se

mes

ter

bef

ore

the

com

men

cem

ent

in w

hic

h s

tud

ent

tak

es

his

deg

ree.

P

erio

dic

eva

luat

ion

and

app

rova

L

Not

lat

er t

han

th

e la

st r

egis

trat

ion

date

s be

fore

th

e se

mes

ter

in w

hic

h s

tude

nt

take

s h

is d

egre

e.

Du

rin

g fi

nal

year

but

not

lat

er t

han

six

w

eeks

bef

ore

com

men

cem

ent

in w

hic

h

stud

ent

tak

es h

is d

egre

e.

Dur

ing

final

yea

r b

ut n

ot l

ater

th

an s

ix'

wee

ks

bef

ore

com

men

cem

ent

in w

hic

h

stud

ent

tak

es h

is d

egre

e.

Dur

ing

fin

al y

ear

bu

t n

ot

late

r th

an s

ix

wee

ks b

efor

e co

mm

ence

men

t.

Du

ring

fi

nal

y

ear

but

no

t la

ter

than

si

x w

eek

s b

efo

re c

omm

ence

men

t.

Dur

ing

fin

al

year

bu

t n

ot

late

r th

an

fou

r w

eek

s b

efor

e co

mm

ence

men

t.

'1

0;

....

::=

�

�

j

o

7

Courses of Instruction

The course requi rem nts for the College of Arts and Sciences Bnd the Col­lege of Professional Bnd Gradu ate Studies, including the Sc hool of Business Administrat ion, the School of Education , the School of Fine Arts the School of Nursi ng. and the Division of Graduate Studies, are listed in the preceding : ction. Academic Organization.

In the follow ing pages will be found the courses of instruction. Whi le most of the courses I i. tt,d are given every year, a system of alt mating u pper division subjerts is p rac,ticed in some departments, thereby assu ring a broader offering.

ourses open to fre hmen and sophomores are numbered 101-299 and a re considered lower d ivision subjects. Courses open to j un iors and seniors are numbered 300-499 and are regarded as u pper di vis ion subjects. Courses num­bered 500 or above are ope n to gradua te students o nly. Courses num­bered in the :�OO's and 400', are open both t o graduates and up per division un ergraduates_ Such courses may he a part of the gra duate program prov ided they ar not �peci fic requirements in preparation for p:raduate study.

The �tudent should have his entire prog ram made up of subjects in the divisi on in whieh he classifies. T n exceptional cases secon d semester sophomore students may he a signed to an upper division course if the prerequi;;ites for the course have been met. In such cases the course eannot he " ou nted toward the 40 hours of upper division cou rses required.

he Un iversity reserves the right to modify speei fie cOllrse requirements, to disconti nue classes in which the r"gistration is regarded as i-nsu ff,e ient, and to wi thdraw courses .

• ;oo;planaLion of Symbols

Numher afte r course t itle indic'atcs semester hours credit given. Symbols are explained as fol lows :

I (:ourse offered first semester II Course offered second sem ester

I, IT Course oOered first (llld second semester in sequence I II Course offered either semester

S (:ourse offered in. the sum mer a/y Course offered alternate years beginllin.g with year listed

( G ) Course IIl lly b e used on gradul1te programs lI s mlljor

ART

Mr. Roskos, Mr. Elwell, Mr. Kittleson, assisted by Mrs. Engeset

The aim of this depa rtmen t is to offer instruc:tion and p:uidan "e to those wh o desire to p:ive expression to their ereaLive ability in the ar-t ual p ra c. tice of art, to those who wi,h to study art for its cul tura l value, to tho,e who plan to Leach in elementary, ju nior or senior h i gh school.

( fll H f 01 T H l C:TlO 7 9

The requirements for the Bachelor of Fine Arts with a major in art are outl ined llnder the School of Fine and ppl ied Arts in the sect ion , Academic Orga ni2ulion.

I{cqui rements for a major in a rt for the Bachelor of A rts degree a re 27 <:redit hours including A rt I l l , 1 1 2, 2 1 0, 2 1 3 , 4 1 1 , 4 12, 421 and electives to complete req uirements. Candidate. for thi. degree are registered in t lle College of Arts and .... ciences.

Candidates for the Bachelor of Arts in Education degree who are plannjng a t(�aching major in A rt should refer to page 54 under ACAD EMIC PREPA· RATTO .

1 1 0 '''Iroduceion to lite Visual Arr.s 3 , An i ntroductory survey course of th" visual arts of a l l times. An ap' proadl i s made to seeing the products, and un derstanding the proceS$CS, of the artist ·painter, sculptor, a rchitect and designer. The survey in· c ludes : a review of the artist's materials and terminology, plastic or· ganization, symhol a nd conten t, natural fo rms. and aesthetic crit ic i:;m. Sl i de·lecture conr,c and m useum field tri ps, when pos-ible. I I I

1 1 FrmdamentaL. 0/ Art 3

This is a course giving the bm;ir: fundam entals of art, i nclud i ng a study of proportion, val ues, eomposi t i on, perspective, and color theory, which are -necessary for creative expression. l'vTedia are penc i l , c harcoal, wat er (00101'5, and pastel. Six hours laboratory per week. [ I I

112 Drawing and Painting 2

This is a concentrated course of study in the drawing of the human figure, color and composi t ion, and water color techniques. Prerequisi t e :

rt I l l. Four hours lahoratory per week. I I I

2 10 Creative Design 2

Attention is concentrated on the principles of design whi c h arc devel· oped through the study of l i ne, mass, color, and space relationships. Four hours la boratory per week. 11

213 Ceramic.< 2

A eoursc for beginners in ceramic techniques and methods inelllding modelinp;, potter's wheel, kiln fi r ing, mold maki ng and ba;;ic p;laze pn�paration. I

2 1 5 Sculpture 2

A "ourse for beg i n n ers in t h e various techniques and methods of sculp·

tund form. I I

2 18 Lettering arid Layout 2

Pri nci ples of lettering and lettering onstruct ion followed by layout design and its application to the visual communir:ation and advert i si ng arts. IT

8 0 t ot H s f ( H I THl (TIO

231 Oil Paillting 2 A eour�c for heginners in oil paIn tIng teehn iques and a stu dy In be· g i n n i n g composition and cri t icism. I

313 t:eram i�s 2 Emphasis on individual study of form and design in pottery i ne l uding a n ex perimental study of the composition of bodies and glazc�. I

3 14 Ceramic,� 2 Continuation of Art 313. II a/y 1 964·65

3 1 5 Sculpture 2 Offers concentration i n more and varied media and technique . .\'ledia are c lal plaster, stone, wood, and welded metals. Prerequisi t e : A rt 215. n

3 ) 6 Sculpture 2 Cont inuation of A rt :1l5 . II all' 1965·66

325 Art in the Elementary School 2 cour 'e planned for those who i nte'nd to teach art i n the elemen tary

grades. A ppropriate projects in drawing, design and construction are worked in various media to i l lustrate the types of work which are suit· able to the i nterests and ahilitie of these pupils. Prerequi site: Prerer· ahly Art I l l . Four hoilrs of combined lecture and lahoratory. I II

331 Oil Painting 2 Pictorial arrangements of sti l l·l i fe , figure, and landscape work rendered in o i ls. Empha 'is p laced on com position, values, color, and hrush technique. Prerequisi t e : A rt 231 . Four hours laboratory per week. I

332 Oil Painting 2 Continuation of A rt :nl. II aly 1965·66

4 1 1 History arid Appreciation 0/ Art 3

The course is planned to i ncrease the student's apprecIatIOn of works of art. A general survey is made of architecture, sculpture, and paint· ing from the pre·classical arts to the arts of the Ren aissance. I alY 1064·6,5

4 1 2 Hi.dory and Appreciation 0/ Art .3 This course is planned to increase the student's ap precIatIOn of works of art. A general survey is made from the arts of the Renaissance to tbe twentieth ceotury. I I

413 Ceramics 2 A c:ontinuulion of Art 313, 314., with emphasis on the individual student direction and specialization in style and technique. Prerequisite: A rt 314., 314. I

414 Ceramics 2 Continuation of Art 4.13. U aly 1964.·65

1 ) \ R I . · 0 1 I I : I I 1 1 0 8 1

4 1 5 ScuJplllre 2

A continuation of Art 315, 316 with an emphasis on dividuul direction and speciulization in the chosen media. Prerequisite A rt 315, 3 1 6. II

41 6 Sculpture 2

Continuation of Art 1), 1 5. 11 aly 1965·66

42 1 History 0/ Modern Art 2 A cou rse in whieh a comprehensive survey is made of architecture, seulpture and painting from the carly nineteenth century to the pres· ent. I a lY 1965·66

4 3 1 Oil Paincing 2

A cont inuation of 331 , 332 with an emphasis on i ndividual Mudent di rection and specialization in style and technique. Prerequisite : _ rt :1l 1 , 312. 1

432 Oil Painting 2 Cont inuat ion of Art 431 . 11 a/y 1965·66

4400 Art m the Secondary School 2

A ('ourse planned for those who intend to teach in the secondary grades. Four hours eomhined lecl\ue and laboratory per week. Prerequ isite : A rt 1 1 1 or consent of instructor. [] a/y 1965·66

450 Special Problems 24

A course planned for advanced students majoring in art who wish to secure I':reater proficiency iu any rartic :ular field in which the student feels more trai ning is need, d. 1 1 1

550 Research 2-6

For t hose laster of A rts candidates who elect to write a research puper in tht, arts. Candidates wil l be required to review th ir research papers before the graduate commi ttee. I II

BIOLOGY

Mr. Lcraas. Mr. Gerhcim, Mr. Guilford. Mr. Knudsen, Mr. Ostenson

The course of inst ruction in this department is planned to give a funda­mental hackground in the principles and developments of modern biology, an acquaintanee w i l h scientific methods and dis<;overies, and an appreciation for its significant contribution to modern l i fe.

Programs may be designed to give the student the foundation necessary to enter a variety of fields. Among carcer opportunities available are teaching, medici ne, dentistry, veterinary medicine, medical and hospital technology, nursing, public health, graduate study, medical and industrial research, agri­culture, forestry, fish and wildlife, microbiology, entomology and related fields.

A major in biology consists of a minimum of 24 hours, at least 12 i n upper division courses. Required supporting subjects for the major are one year of

8 2 I B l T I (

Chemistry a n d Mathematics 131. Strongly recommended courses are Chemistry 203, 204 and Physics 151, 152 or 261, 262.

Candidates for the Bachelor of Arts in Education degree, who are planning a teaching m ajor in Biology should refer to page 54 under ACADEMIC PREPAR ATION.

A major for the Bachelor of Science degree consists of a minimum of .3,5 hours. Required supporting subjects are Chemistry 121, 122 or Chemistry 1.31 , 1 32 ; Chemistry 203, 204 ; Physics 151 , 152 or Physics 261 , 262 ; Mathematics B l . A m in imum of 60 credit hours in science and mathematics is required . No more than 40 hours in biology may be counted toward graduation. The general course requirements of the College of Arts and Sciences must also be fulfilled.

Cllrri<'Il"�m in Biology

Freshman Year Hrs. BioI 101 , 102 General Biology or BioI 131, 132 General Zoology or BioI 141 , 142 General Rotany _ 8 Engl 101, 102 Composi t ion 6

'Foreign Language 101, 102 8 Hist 103, 104 History of

Civilization 6 ReI 101 Life of Jesus 2 ReI 112 History of Christian

Church 2 PE activity 2

34 Junior Year Hrs.

Art 1 10 Introduction to the Visual Arts 3

Riolorry approved courses 8 Chern 203, 204 Organic

Chemistry 8 Phys 151 , 152 Essentials of

Physics or Phys 261, 262 General Physics 10

Social science elec tives ( upper div. ) _ _ _ _ _ 3-6

32

Sophom.ore Year Biology approved courses

Hrs. 8

Chem 121, 122 Inorganic Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis 8

Foreign language 201, 202 6 Math 131 College Algebra 3 ReI 201 The Bible-Old Testament 2 ReI 202 The Bible-New Testament 2 PE activity 2

31

Senior Year Hrs. Biology approved courses 12 Literature requirement 3 Philosopby requirement 3 Social science electives .3 Approved electives I I

32

'Students who enter the University with two years of a modem language m.ay elcct to take second year courses in the �ame langlwge during the freshm.an year.

101, 102 General Biology 4, 4

An exploration of life and living organisms, a consideration. of normal bodily function, self-maintenance and reproduction of organisms, and of the principles and sciences involved. Two lectures and two labora­tory periods per week. I , I I

1 3 1 , 132 General Zoology 4, 4

A study of the animal kingdom with emphasis on fundamental hiological truths of modern hiology. Two lectures and two lahoratory periods per week. I , I I

141, 142 General Botany 4 , 4

A survey of the plant kingdom, structure and physiology, first semester ; l ife history and ecology, second semester. Two lectures and two labora­tory periods per week. I, 1 1

1 6 1 , 162 Human A,talomy and P"ysiology 4 , 4

A study of the structure and functions of the human body. Two lectures and two laboratory periods per week. I, I I

2 0 1 Microbiology 4

Introductory study of micro-organisms that include their metabolism. morphology and staining properties. Two lectures and two laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite : B iology 102, 132, 142 or 161. I I

208 Plant .• 0/ t"e NorthlfJe.�t 2 Primarily for teachers who desire to become familiar with the Gommon plants of the region. Instruction includes the collection and identifica­tion of plants. II

221 Biological Tec"nique.� 2 Methods of collecting and preserving biological materials for classroom and research study. Prerequisite : Biology 102, 132, or 142. S

222 Con .• ervation 0/ Nalllral Resources 2

A survey of the principles and problems of public and private steward­sbip of our resources with special reference to the Pacific Northwest. I

231 Genetics .3

A study of the dynamics of varIatIOn and inheritance. Upper division credit may be earned with additional studies. Prerequisite : Science 1 2 1 or Biology 102, VI2, 1 4 2 or 162.

242 Sy .• tematic Botany .1

Historical survey of classification systems ; the use of taxonomic keys i n the identification o f plants. Prerequisite : Biology 141. I I ajy 1963-64

272 General Entomology 4

Classification and natural history of insects with a strong emphasis on laboratory and field studies and collections. Upper division credit may be earned wi th additional studies. Prerequisi te : Biology 102 or 132. II ajy 1 965-66

274 Microrec/wiqlle 2

Principles and practice in methods of preparing histological, embryo­logical and cytological specimens for microscopic study. Prerequisite : Biology 1 02, 132, or 162.

4 ( I' I ,1 n l l TIO

3 1 1 Ornithology 2

A study of the birds, with emphasis on local k inds. Designed for stu­dents wi th a hobby i n terest in birds as well as for advanced studen ts in biology. Prerequisite : Biology 102, 132 or consent of i nstr'uctor. II

323 Natural Hi.sklry 0/ Invertebrates 4

An f'cological, physiological and taxonomic considerat ion of i nvertebrate natural history wi th an emphasis on marine biology and field studies. Lectu res, laboratory studies, and field collections. Prerequisite : 1 02 or 1 32. I a/y 1 964-65

324 Nalllrni Hi,5tory of Vertebrates 4

Clm;sification, natural history an d economic importance of the vertte­brutes with the exception of birds. Lectures, lahoratory stu d i es and field col lections. Prerequisite : Biology 102 or 1 32 ; 361 recom mended. II aly 1964-oS

44 Plant Phy.5iology 3 Cell physiology pertaining to plants and mineral nutrition, water econo­my. soi]" and auxins. Prerequisite : Biology 1 4 1 . I

3 5 1 , 352 NatlLral History 0/ the Pacific Northwest 3, .'1 A n extensive field and laboratory course eovcring major phases of the natural history of thf' region. Designed as a workshop in outdoor educa­t ion especially for teachers of science at elementary and junior high levels. Lectures, laboratory studies, and field work. Prerequ isi te : Instruc­tor's consen t . S

361 Comparative Anatomy 4

A comparative study of vertebrates with dissection of representative forms. Two lectu res and two laboratory periods per week. Prerequi,ite : Biology 1 02 or l. i2. I

364 Vertebrate Embryology 4

The development of the vertebrate emhryo from the germ cell through tlw embryological states until birth. Prerequisite : Bio logy 102 or 132. I I

371 Para.<;iu.logy 4

A study of the morphology, l i fe histories and host· parasite relat ionshi p., of the common varieties of parasites of vertebrates with emphasis on tho", of man. Prerequisite : Biology 102 or 132. 1 a/y 1 c)6�-M

4 1 1 Histology 4

A microscopic study of the normal tissues and organs of vertebrates. Two lectures and two laboratory periods per week. Prerequ isite : niology 102, 132 or 142.

424 Ecology 4

A study o f plants and animals in relation to their environment. Two lectures and two laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite : Biology 102, I.12 or 142.

('Ol H SrS OF r .TIH rTIO 8 5

434 Applied Physiology .1 The animal's response to chemical, physical and psycholop:ical st imul i is explained. Prerequisite : Instructor's consent.

441 Vertebrate Physiology 4

A course designed to acq uaint the student with fundamental meeha· nisms of physiology. Three lectures and one laboratory per,iod per week. Prerequ isite : In;;tructor's consent. II

471 History 0/ Biology 2

Fundamcntal concepts of biology. The rise of scientific thought and method are traced. Prerequisi te : Instructor's consent. I

48 1, 482 Seminar 1 , 1

Seleeted topics i n biology based on l iterature and/or original research. Open to juniors and seniors majoring i n biology. r II

497, 498 'IllIepellllent Study 1-2

Investip;ations in fields of special interest, not covered by a regular eourse, may be carried out by quali fied students majoring in biolop;y. Prerequisi t e : Consent of tbe chairmau of the department.

504, 505 Graduate Re .• earch 1-.1

BUSINESS ADMI 'ISTRATION

Mr. lulauf, ['tIlr. King, Mr. Peterson, Mrs. Hilbert, Mr. Manilla,

([SSi" led hy Mr. BOlliger, Mr. Bricker, Mr. Clawson, Mr. Gillanders, Mr. Grace, Mr. Heisler, Mr. Curtis Peterson, Mr. Riley, Mr. Wilkins, Mr. Walls

Requ iremen ts for the Bachelor of Busi ness Admi nistration degree are listed under thl! Sehool of Business Admin istration in the section, Academic Or�an. ization. Candidat", for this dei(rce should follow the cou rse outline.

Prerequisite to enrollment in courses abO\'e 300 : Admission to the School of Busi ne,s Admi nistration or the consent of the Schoo!.

50 Beg;rming Typewritirlg-no credit

103 Blt.�ille"., Malhematic.s and Mac/lines 2

Fundamental operation of IO·'key and rotary cale ulators. A p p l ication of

mac:h ines operation to problems i n busin ess mathematics. (

142 Advallcell Typing 2

2 1 1 Finartcial .4ccollrtlirtg 4

Balance sheet, income statement, account ing eyele, adjustments, asoet valuation, partnerships, corporations, basic cost accountinp;, fund state­ments, analysis of fi nancial statements. I

2 1 2 Martagerial Accourtting 2

Accounting systems, records, standards and analysis to facilitate budg;et· inf(, con t r ol, and decision·making within the firm . . II

8 6 OURSE Of I ' . Til 'CTIO

241 Rllsines.� Communication .1

Letters of i nquiry ; orders and acknowledgments ; sales letters, employ­ment letters ; claims, adjustments, credit, and collect ion letters ; business reports. Prerequisites: SA 141 or equivalent, and English 102. I

245 Shorthand I .1

Gregg Shorthan d ; for those who have not achieved a minimum standard in previous training ; emphasis on theory dietation and beginning tran­scription. Five hours per week. I

246 Shorthand II .1

Gregg Shorthand II ; emphasizes sustained speed building i n dictation and tran>;cription. Designed for those who have com pleted Business Administration 245 or who have achieved a minimum standard in pre­vious training. II

261 In.,e.�tments 2

Place of investment in economy, risks of investment, financial i n forma­tion, stock markets and brokers, financial ana lysis, concepts of i nvest­ment valuation, investment pol icies, media, and management. Prerequi­si te: 2 1 1 . I

273 Family Financial Planning 3

See Econom ics 273. May count as credit for major in business adminis­tration_

301 Intermediate Economic Analysis .1

See Economics 301.

302 Intermediate Economic Analy.�is 3

See Economics 302.

3 1 1, 3 1 2 Intermediate Accounting 3, .1

Fundamental processes, working capital items especially inventories, non-eurrent items w i th emphasis on investments and plant and equip­ment accounts, corporate capi tal, i ncome determ i nation, cash-flow and funds statements, analytical processes. Prerequisite : BA 212. I, II

313 Federal Income Taxation 3

Tax principles and tax planning. Personal and corporate i ncome tax, including capital gains_ Prerequisite : BA 212. I

3 1 4 Auditing 3

The principles and procedures of aud iting as they apply to the major balance sheet and i n come accounts ; generally accepted auditing stand­ards used by CPA' s ; professional ethics. Prerequisite : B A 312. n

3 1 5 Cost Accounting .1

Principles of cost accounting ; job lot and process systems ; standard eosts. Use of accumulated and budgeted costs in financial and mana­gerial accounting. Prerequisite : BA 212. I

r:n H I �"i Of I STI'UCT[ ( '1 8 7

3 1 7 Data Processing Systems .'1

Elements of information theory, storage, and retrieval. Business and i ndustrial applications of electronic digital computers. Fundamentals of programming languages, number systems, notation, input-out, memory devices, peripheral configurations. Famil iarization with data processing equipment. I

3 2 1 '�alJOr Problems .'1

See Economics 2:31 -

3 3 1 International Trade .'1

See Economics 331.

340 Principles 0/ Busines .• Education 2

Objectives of high school husi ness programs ; the business curriculum ; sources of i n formation ; leading business educators ; analysis of current writings ; layout and facilities ; evaluating business teachers; evaluating compctence for business occupations ; national and local trends in busi­ness education. II

3 4 1 tUathemal.ical Statistics .'1

See )\!athematics :)4l .

342 Secrelarial Procedure .'1

Advanced dictation and transcription ; oOice practice, procedures and systems ; dictating machines, dupl icating processes. Prerequisites: BA 142 and 246 or equivalents_ I I

3 5 1 Organization ami Management·.'J

Art and sei er)(:e of management in a dynamic society. Planning, direct­ing, coordi nating and controlling the changing organization. I

352 Pr()ductioll Management .'1

Pri nciples of scientific management ; p lanning products, physical facil i­ties, equipment and materials for production ; methods and techniques of supervision and control of personnel ; production control ; purchas­ing and inventory man agement. Prerequisite : BA 381 . I I

354 Office Mallagement .'1

Application of management principles to office organization. Layout and faeilities, equipment, flow of work, datu processing systems, evaluation and standards_ Coordination with other business functions. Prerequisites: BA 141, 212. II aly \964-65

361 Mone,. and Ranking .'1

See Economics 361.

362 Public Finance .'1

See Economics 362.

8 8 UWIl.T ' 0 1 . Til l ( 'f ro

364 Bu.�ine.�11 Finance .'l Fi nance management, short- and ]on�-term financing, i ns truments of finance, financial institut ions, promotion. djvid n d pol icy, expansion of the firm, and reorganization. Pren'quisites : BA 212, 381 . I I

365 Real Estate 3 Land and bu i ldings, legal forms, rcal e. t ate market, appraisal, financ· ing real estate, publ ic iolterest, p roperly development and mana[!ement, location t heory. I a/y 1963·64

366 Insura1lt;e 3 An i nt roduction to the u nderlying p rincip les of i nslJrancc followed by a desc ri p t iv stlldy in the more important hranches of the insurance business. II aly 1964·65

371 Marketing 3 Marketi n[! functioll>i : ult imate con;,umers ; i nst i tnt ions and channels for market ing consumer and industrial goods; basic techniques of market· i n g ; m a rket in cf pol icies and government Tegula. t ion. I

372 Retailing 3 Ph skul fac i l i t ies and reqni rements : organizat ion and personnel : mer· chandise pol ie)" select ion, buying and p ric ing, and cont rol ; promot ion : services : managerial controls in retai l ing. Prerequisi !J e : BA :17L n a/y 1 964·6.5

373 Sales Management 3 Funct ions of the sales rnanagcr ; o rg-anizat ion : selection, development, com pensat i on , su pel'vi:--: io I J and control of salc�Ill cn ; sales planning and anal ysis. Prerequis i tes : SA 371 , .3Rt I

375 Advertising ,'$ Role of advertising i n the m arket ing program : elements of a dvert ise· ment , media and methods ; p lannin� and control of advertising pro· grams ; p5ydlO\ogical , social and economic aspects of advertising. Pre· requisit e : BA :37 1 . r aly 1963·6'1

381 Statistics 3 See Economics :18 1

39 1 , 392 Business l.alC .'1, 3 PrOct�dll res, contracts, L'lg-ency, negotiable instrurnents, business orguni:ta­l ions, p ro perty, trll�ts and \l,I i l ls, t ransportation, i nsurance and em ploy­ment. 1, II

42 1 Personnel Managentent 3

Principles and procedures used i n ohta in ing and maintaining an elIicicnt worki ng force. Prerequ isites : BA 381 and Psychology 101. II

422 Collective Bargaining 2

The principles of collective bargaining are studied through the medium of actlt I cases from American i ndustry dealing w ith the negotiat ion and applicat ion of union·management agreements. Ollered on demand.

COl Ihl's t l J 1 :\:-.T1HJCTlO

434 Government and Bll.�ine"" .� See Econom ies 4:14.

440h Business Education in the Seconflary S('hool 2

8 9

A pplicat ion of research findings and psychological princ i ples to the de\,('l o p ment of sk i lb, attitudes, and conceph in typewri t ing, shorthand, consumer, general Ill"iness, and oAice practiee courses, and distrihutive educa tion. T

442 Record .• Managemenl .3

The ·tudy o f fi l ing systems an d i n formation retrieval. The role of rec­ords i n the overall system� approach ; concept o f records as an i n forma­t i o n center. I n formation h an d l i ng p roh le ms in organ izat i on , control, evaluation, and disposi t ion of records ; protect ion of vita l records ; m a i n­tenance of semi-active records ; depository control of a rchives.

443 Sludies in Organ izalional Com.nlllllication .1 Prohlems of ma i n tai n i ng a flow of oral and wr it ten eornmunieation as an integrat ing force ; contro l l ing in LPrnal aetivi ties through ad m i nistra­t ive wri t ing. !\·j odern theories and practices of orga n iza t ional i n forma­t i o n Rystl'mS and controls. Com prehensive ana lysis and evaluation of actual orp;an izat ional commu ni cation sitUHtiollfi.

452 Business I'oticy 2

Fonn ulation of pol icies to in tegrate a l l funct i ons of husi ness. Social , ethical, rel igious, economic, educational a n d intern ational im p l ica t ions in the formulat ion of busi ness pol i c ies and o bject ives. Prerequisite : Senior c lassi fication i n the School of Rusi ness Adm inistration.

457 Public Administration ,'l See Pol i tieal Sc ience 457.

4·7 1 MlT1'ketillg Management .'I Product plan n i n g ; market i nvest igat ion ; marketing strategy ; price poli­cies ; plan n i ng and adm i nisterin g comprehensive marketing program s ; eontrol of marketin� op,;ration . Prerequ isi tes : RA .171 , .1!l1 . I

473 Purchasing .'J Organization for purchasi ng ; purchasi ng pol ic ies and procedures ; selec­t io n of sources of su p p ly ; qU<l l ity and qual ity control of purchased materiaIti ; con troll i ng quant i ty and price determination. Offered Oil demand_

'l7'1 Transportation. :t Funetions and characteristics of t ransportation services; rates, service and carrier competi t ion ; coordination of highway, rai l roa d, air and ocean trallic ; i ndustry practices ; regulat ion and promotion hy govern­ment. Offered on demand.

499 Mnjor Conference 1-4

Individual problems and fi"signments, group con ferences and research reports. Prerequisite : Consent of i nstructor.

9 0 COl'R E� OF ] THl'C 1I0

550 Seminar in Management 3

Advaneed reading and research in the management functions of plan· n ing, organization, and control. Prerequisi te : BA 351 or permission of the School of Business Administration. Offered on demand.

599 Independent Re.yearch 1 -.1 Prerequisite : Consent of instructor.

CHEMISTRY

Mr. Anderson, Mr. Giddings, Mr. Huestis, Mr. Olsen

Chemistry, the study of matter and the changes whieh matter can undergo, occupies an i mportant position in present day culture. The triad "hemistry, physics, and mathematics provides concepts basic to current work not only in the physical sciences but also i n the biological sciences, social sciences, and i n the manifold fields of engineering. I t is i n the light of this wide range o f present a n d potential service of chemistry t o mankind, service both i n tellectual and material, that the department offers instruction in chemical science. The department encourages its students to give serious consideration also to the other areas of study which they encounter in this Christian liberal arts institu· tion and which can help them find direction in life.

The Department of Chemi.stry is approved by the American Chemical Soci· ety. This approval assures students that the department meets high standards in the area of faculty, facilities, equi pment, and library refereHce materials, and it expedites entry of graduates i n to the cbemical profession.

Students planning to become professional chemists are advised to follow the program leading to the Bachelor of Science degree. To be certified as gradu· ates of a chemical training program meeting the requirements of the American Chemical Soeiety, for this degree, completion 01 Chem istry 121 , 122 or 131, 132 ; 203, 204 ; 309 ; 3 1 1 , 312 : 321 ; 322 ; 401 ; and 422 is requi red. Three credit hours of work selected from the following eourses also must be completed : Chemistry 412 ; 441, 442 ; or 451, 452 or Physics 382 ( Radioisotope Technol· ogy ) . No more than 40 hours in chemistry may be counted toward graduation. Prerequisites for the above courses include Physics 261, 262 ( or 151 , 152 ) and Mathematics 1 12, 131 , 200, and 201. Reeommended supplementary courses lire Mathematics 202 and 3 1 1 , Physics 3 1 1 and 312, and Biology 101 , 102.

A major fulfilling the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree consists of a m inimum of 24 hours of chemistry courses plus Mathematics 1 12 and 131 , and Physics 261 , 262 ( or 151, 152 ) .

The foreign lan!';uage requirement for either the Bachelor of Arts or Bach· elor of Science degree should be fulfilled by the study of German. A year of Russian or French is also recommended.

The Department of Chemistry places great emphasis on i ts undergraduate research and independent study program ( cf. courses 441, 442 and 451, 452 ) , which is conducted both during the academic year and during the summer. In recent years this program, which provides its student participants special opportunities to achieve early professional maturity, has been supported in

9 1

largc measure by the National Science Foundation. Further information will gladly he supplied by the department.

Candidates for the Bachelor of Arts in Education degree who are planning a teaching major in Chernistry should refer to page 55 under ACADEMIC PREPARATION.

Sllg�esled Course Schedule lor Ihe B.S. Program

Freshman Year lirs. Sophomore Year l-lrs. Chern 1 2 1 , 1 22 Inorganic Chern 203, 204 Organic Chemistry 8

Chemistry and Qual i tative Math 201 Analytic Geometry Analysis or B and Calculus 3

Chern 131 , 132 Chemical 'Phys 261, 262 General Physics 10 Princi ples 5 ReI 201 The Bible-Old Testament 2

Eng 101 , 102 Composition 6 ReI 202 The Bible-New 'German 201 , 202 Testament 2

Intermediate German (j 'Electives . .. .. _ . . ... _ ..... . _ . . . . .. _ . . . 6·B Math ll2 Plane Trigonometry. 2 Physical Education . . ..... . . ... _ .. . . . . . . . . . 2 Math 131 College Algebra 3 Math 200 Analytic Geometry

and Calculus ReI 101 Life of Jesus ReI 1 12 History of the

Christian Church Physical Education

4 2

2 2

32-35 Junior Year Hrs.

Chern 309 Chemical Literature Chern 3ll , 312 Physical

Chemistry 6 Chern .31 4 Physical Chemistry

Laboratory 2 Chern 321 Quantitative Analysis 4 Chern 322 Instrumental

Analysis or 4 Chern 422 Advanced

Inorganic Chemistry 3 'Literature requiremen t 3 'History requirement 6 'Soci al science requirement 3 Electives 4-6

32-35

33-35

Senior Year Hrs. Chern 401 Organic Qualitative

Analysis 4 Chern 422 Advanced Inorganic

Chemistry or. _ .... __ 3 Chern 322 Instrumental A nalysis . 4 Chern 412 Advanced Organic

Chemistry _ ...... . __ .. _. 3 'Art or music requirement. 3 'Social science requirements 6 'Philosophy requirement 3 Electives . . . . . . . . .............. 9-1 .�

32-35

'Assumes that two years 01 German have been completed in high school. II not, the language requirement may have to be met during the sophomore and junior years.

'Physics 151, 152 may be substituted, il necessary.

'Courses thus designated may be taken in any order.

9 2 UlT TlSES or . 'T n l l( :T T ( ) ;\j

I I I General Inorganic Chemistry 4

Basic aspects of chemical theory and inorgunie chemistry. Three lee· tures and one 2·hour laboratory period per week. I

1 12 Introductory Organic Chemistry 4

Survey of organic chemistry, including that pertinent to biologi cal sys· terns. Three lectures and one 2·hour laboratory period per week. Pre· requisites: Chemistry I l l , 122, or 132. II

121, 122 Inorganic Chemistry and Qrwlitative Analy .• i .• 4, 4

Fundamental chemical theory, inorganic chem istry, and, in the second semester, inorgani c qual itative analy�is. This course or Chemistry 131, 132 is a prerequisite for a l l chemistry courses numbered 200 o r above. Three lectures and one 3·hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisite : Completion of Mathematies 101 or its equi\·alent, or co·registration In Mathematics 101 . I , I I

1 3 1 , 1 3 2 Chemical Principle .• 4, 1

First semester consists of an intensive coverage of chemical principles and i l lustrative i norganic chemistry, second semester of qualitative analysis and supervised study of topic of unique i nterest or val ue to the individual student. Adm ission only by departmental invitation, which will be extended to students who ( a ) enroll in Chemistry 121 , 122 and obtain high scores on an entrance examination evaluating their previous training in chemistry or ( b ) present a grade of 3, 4, or 5 on an Ad­vancer! Placement chemistry examination. First semester : three lecture· discussion periods and one 3·hour laboratory period per week. Sc(;ond semester ; one discussion or laboratory periods per week. I, II

203, 204 O"gani(, Chemi.�try 4, 4

An interpretation of properties and reactions of al i phatic , aromatic, and heterocyclic compounds on the basis of current chemical theory. Labora­tory work provides an introduction to conventional and modern tech­niques for the synthesis and study of organic compounds. Three lec­tures and two 2.5-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequ isite : Chem­istry 122. l, I I

302 Biophysical Chemistry 4

Introduction to the physical c:hem istry of biological systems. Intended primari ly for pre·dental and pre·medieal students. Thrt!e lectures and one :l·hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisi tes : Phys.ics 262 ( or 152 ) , Chemistry 204, and Mathematics 131. IT

309 Chemical Literalure 1 Study of systematic procedures for l ibrary research. One lecture per week. Prerequisites : Chemistry 204 and reading knowledge of German. 1

OF I THl TlO 3

3 l l, 3 1 2 Physical Clremistry .'l, .'l

A study of the relationshi p between the physical and chemical properties and the energy content of chemical systems. Three lectures per week. Prerequisi tes : Chemistry 122 or 132 and, preferably, 204 ; Physics 262 ( or 152 ) , and Mathematics 201. I, Il

3 1 4 I'hy .• ical Clremi .• try I.aboratory 2

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Should be taken concur­rently with ( or subsequent to ) Chemistry .312.

321 Quantitative Analysis 4

Chemical methods of quanti tative analysis. Two lectures and two ;�-hour laboratory periods per week. Prercqu isi tes : Chemistry 1 12 or 20:1 and Mathematics 131 . I

322 In.strumental Analysis 4

Instrumental methods o f analysis and molecular structure determination. Two lectures and two 3-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites : Chemistry 3 1 1 and 321 . Concurrent or prerequisite Chemistry 3l2. II a/y 1 965-66

4 0 1 Organic Qualitative Amlly .• i .• 4

A study of methods for the isolation and i dentification of organic com· pounds. Emphasis is placed on modern techniques such as spectroscopy and chromatography. Two lectures and two 2Jf2-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequ isi tes : Chemistry 312 ( or .32 1 plus 302 ) and 309. Chemistry 309 may be taken concurrently. I

4 1 2 A,lvanced Orgallic Chemistry :1

A study of current organic chemical topics such as electron ic theory, molecular structure and reaction mechanisms. Three lectures per week. Prerequisites: Chemistry 204 and 312. II

422 Advanced 'norganic Chemi.<try 3

A study of modern inorganic theory including atomic and molecular structure, periodie t rends, and coordination compounds. Three lectures per week. Prerequ.isitc : Chemistry 3 1 1. Concurrent or prerequi,;ite Chemistry 312. II a/y 1964-65

44 , 442 Independen. Study 1·.'l

Open to qual i fied upper division students who wish to study some ehem· ical topic not covered by a regular course. Proposed project must be approved by the chairman of the department. I II

451 , 452 Research ] .. 'l

Open to superior upper division students. Prerequisite : Consent of the chairman of the department. I 11

551 , 552 Graduate Research 2·4

Open to M.A. candidates only. Prerequisite : Consent of the chaimlan of lhe department. 1 II

ot T fS 01' I R l 9 5

ECONOMICS

Mr. Pierson, Mr. IHartilla, Mr. Peterson ; assisted by Mr. Schimke

The courses in economics are designed ( 1 ) to offer to all students an oppor· tunity to acquire a p;encral understandinp; of the private and public sectors of the United States economy so that they may be more enlightened citizens and voters, ( 2 ) to provide the necessary p;eneral economic backp;round for students of business education, ( 3 ) to prepare the student for a career in economics, and ( 4 ) to provide the student with the necessary background for graduate study in economics.

A major in economics shall consist of a minimum of 25 semester hours in eluding Economics 101, 102, 2 1 1 , 301 , 302, 381, and 496. The remain inp; three hours to meet the minimal requirements may be selected from any of the additional advanced courses offered by the Department of Economics. Students contemplating p;raduate study in economics are strongly advised ( though not required ) to study elementary calculus ( Mathematics 200, 201, and 202 ) .

1 0 1 Principles 01 Economics .'J ,\n analysis of the U.S. economy from the aggrcgative point of view ; basic concept of the economy, measuring the level of U.S. economic activity, factors deterrnininp; this level, the problems of in Ration and uQemployment, monetary and fiscal polieie, for strrbilizinp; the econ­omy. I

1 02 Principles 01 Economics .'l A n analysis of the U.S. economy from the microscopic point of view : determination of the price of speci fic products and of specific factors of produetion, the quantity of output, and the method of production. The international economy. JVo prerequisite. II

2 1 1 Financial Accounting 4

Sec Busi ness A dm inistration 2 1 1 .

273 Family Financial Planning .'l Consumer saving and spendinp; problems including estate planning, tax planning, l i fe insurance, investments, i n telligent buying, budgeting, con· sumer education and needed legal reforms. Ethical considerations of government and business from

'the viewpoint of the consumer. The

power of the consumer in the areas of production, marketing, finance, and market research. Wlay not count as credit for a major in economics. Offered on demand.

300 General Economics .'J A n introductory course in economics designed to meet the needs of upper division students. Not open to anyone who has received credit for Economics 101. J

301 Intermediale Economic A naly,�is .'l Maero·economics at the i n termediate level. National income accounting and determination including both the commodity and money markets. Prerequisite : Economics 101. I

9 6 Il l l l ! ( ) I . rI ' [ ( .J I II

302 Intermediate Economic Analysi .• . 1

"f i ('ro-cconomics at the i n termedi ate level. The theory of consu rnpr behavior. Product and factor p ri"" .. u nder conditions of monopoly, com­pet i t ion, a nd intermediate markets. Welfan: economi cs. Prerequisite ; Economics 1 02. 1 I

321 Labor Problem .• . 'J A study of the h i storv, nature a n d treatment of l a bor problems i n the Uni ted States. A mong the topies disc:ussed are employment and u nem· ployment ; wage prohlems : colle<:tivc: hargaining : unions and em ployer aS50ciations ; industrial unrest and conflict. IT a/y 1963-64

331 International Tratle .1 Re�ional and i nternat ional specialization, comparative costs, i n terna­t ional payments. and exchan�c rates. ;'IIa t ional pol i".ics to promote Or reo strict trade. Business practice in international trade a n d i nvestment. Prerequis i te : Econom i cs 101 and 102. T

361 MOlley and /Jallkillg .'I The nature u n d functions of money. Credit i nstitution,. The rdat ion ­ship of money and bank deposits to the national economy. Prerequisite : Ec:ollornics 1 01 . T a/y 1 963-64

362 PlliJIic Fi,wllce .1 Public taxation and expenditure at the federal, state, and lo<:al levek Tvpes of taxes and ·expenditures. The budget. The public debt. Fiscal cont rol of the bus i ness cycle. Prerequisite : Economies 1 0 1 . II a/y 1 961·6.5

364 1311 .• ine.� .• Finallce .'J See Business A d m i nistration .364. II

38 1 Stuti .• ti£·s .1

Descript ive statistics : measures of central tenden cy, d ispersion, an d pro· portions. I n ferential statist ics : thc testing of hypotheses by use of data derived from samples. Regression and eorrelation analysis. I IT

434 Government. and 1J1l.,ine.,., .1 A study of the relationship o f government and husiness in the United States with special attention to govcrnmental regulati on of business. / I

4 9 6 Directed Reading .• in the History 0 1 Ecollomic Thollght .'J A survey of the development of econom ic thought from ancient to modern t imes with em phasis on the pt'riod from Adam Smith to ./. M . Keynes. This peri od i ncludes : the classicists, t h e optim ists. t h e social­ists, the nationalists, and the historical and Austrian schools. Prerequ i . site : Ec:onomic:s 101 a n d 1 02. II

497 ilJ(iepell,lellt Study 1

498 ilJ(lepelJ(letlt Study 2 499 itldependent Stmiy .'J

I ndividual problems and assignments, conferences with instructor, and research report.

( 0 rra ( :1'I ! , 9 7

EDUCATION

Mr. Am end, Mrs. Broeckel, Mr. V. Carlson. Mr. Eklund. Mr. A. ll(l�en. Mi.,s A ids!:n, Mr. Pederson . Mr. Sjoriin g, Mr. Stein, Mrs. Napjus. Mr. Tye ; assisted by Mrs. Kehlb"k, Mrs. MacLennan, Mr. S" h wartz, Mrs. While, Mr. lJn/d"". Mr. Gray, Mr. llowe. Mr. Daniel. Mrs. Sk(lrs hau�.

Candi dates for t he l 3ach elo r of A rts in Edu < :a t ion degree shoul d fol l o w th ' ( ,D urse " u t l i n p as l isted under the School of Edur.n t i o n i n the sect ion, ;\ C A · o '.!\t TC O H G ,\ NTZ;\TTON.

202 In trorlllt'f;on to Educat;on 8 A su rvey of educational prohkms and is,uc", to orient n t' 1I' students to the p ro fpssio n . A study of t h e State bmwl a n d a "project" i n v o l " i n ::o: a c t n a l experience w i t h c h i l d n'll an'. i n c l u ded. 5p,,( ' ia l tests a n d i n tn­l'i,;II'.' ar" schedu led for t il t ' f!lI i ua n cc of the pr'''pc('tivc teadwr_ I IT

30] Ullman Development 3

;\ stn d y of th" develo pmen tal proce" o f the human or::o:anism Iwgi n n i n g w i t h t h e p r"n ata l p('rind a n d eon t i n u i n l': throu!;h a<1ol ",;cen('('. Emo­t i onal, soeial, i n t"] ]!:, ·tu,,l, and phy,; iological a�pccts o f d eve lopm cn t are i n ch"l<,d. Students w i l l have o pportu n i t.y to do hoth l on::o: i t udi na l a n d n,,"�-s(, , · t ional t y p e " l lS('rva t i o ns_ P rfTeq ui ,. i tP : P,ycholop:y 1 0 1 . St u de nb i l l . t I I < : teaeher <educat ion pro:;:rarn sh ou l d complete Educatiol l 202 p r i o r to 30 1 . T II

3 1 1 a, b, or ... 1 Melhod.� (lIul Ol'.�ervalion .3 A st ud y of cu rr i cu l um , materi als, an d met hods o f teachin::o: a t 1.1", vari­OilS levels from primary throui':h h i ::o:h sch oo l . Ohservat ion" in actual ,,;hool situations fo l l owed I , ) , disc:ussi on . Tho;;,' who w ish to p rcparn p ri m arily for kin ckrl':artcn and prim ary elect ill l a : thosc for i n termedi­ate and up per I':rades. :'ll l h ; an d those for j un ior and senior h i ."h sc hool, il l l c d. Prerequisi t e : Ed ' lf' ati on 202 and 301 . I I I

3 1 2 The Te(l(;/'in{!; 0/ Heading 2 i\ comprehensive su rvey of teac h i n g read i ng ill the dem en tary I':ra,if-s.

iVI "t 'rials, meth od�, techniq ues, procedu res and diagnosis of read i ng dinicul tics are stu u ied . I I I 5

314 Th" Tef/cit;lII! 0/ Heading 2 A rom p r('hcnsive �llrvey of teaeh i n ::o: read i np: in the secondary �ehool. l\-1awrinls, met hods, tech n iqu es, procedu res and di ag nos i s of readinl': d i lli c u l t i c, are studied. I l l S

3 1 5 "l.�lr"cl iOlwl 111 alerials 2 A survey of audio a n d visual materials nnd ai ds, the ir use, organiza­t i o n , and admi nistrat i o n in the school. II 5

3 1 9 The Teaching 0/ Arithmetic 2 An over- all study of the basic m athem atical ski Ils a n d abil i ties needed by the tcacher i n the elem entary and ju nior h igh school. Recent devel· o rmcnts and materials arc considered. I II S

9 8 1.01 Hsr:-; OF T� TnT I .no .

320 Te"" hinl!. of Spani.�h in Ihe IIlemenlary School 2

A cou rse planned to assist the elementary teacher i n tcachi n p; conver­sational Span ish : traininp; in pronunciation and i n tonation, study un i ts, p;urn es, songs, dia lop;ues, films, filmstrips and records will he presented which can be util ized in the classroom. Open to hoth those wi th Span ish hu(:kp:ro 1 l n d and those wi t hout.

370 Principles of G u idance 2 A st1ldy of procedures used i n helpinp; the student achieve suitable goals in sehool and in society. Emphasis will be given in testing methods for sol vin,.: vari01lS educational, personal, and vocational problems for the st1l den t . J 1I

405 Adole,�ce,,' P.<yclwlogy 2

S" e Psycholop;y 405. ( G )

4-07 Educalional Sociology 2

See Sociology 407. ( G )

408, 409 Reading .• i n Edllcalional Problems 1-:'

Students who desire to pursue a special l ine of indivi dual reading, inves­tigation, or research may do so for credit, receiving help and guidance from the faculty member best fJualified to assist in the particular proh­lem. Credit will vary with the amount of work done. I II ( G )

4 1 2 The mind Child i n Ihe PIl"'ic School 2

A course to help the teacher assist the blind and partially seeing ch i ld to adjust emotionally, socially, physically, and educationally to the regu lar puhl ic school classroom situat ion. An introduction to English Braille and a study of mcthods, materials, and equ ipment are induded. S ( G )

4,13 Scie"ce i n Ihe Eleme,,'ary School 2

A eou rse designed to acquain t the student with the objectivcs, materials, and methods of teaching science in an integrated program_ I II ( G )

4 1 4 Soc;"l Studies i n Ihe Elemenlary School 2

A cOurse dr-signed to acquaint the student with the objectives, m aterials, and methods of teaching the social studies in an i ntegrated program. Open to experienced teachers on ly. I II S ( G )

4 16 Parent-Teacher Conference 2

A study of the principles and techn iques of paren t-teacher con ferences. Procedures for in troducing a parent-teacher conference program to the school and cOlllmun ity. Evaluat ion of various gradi ng systems. Open only to experienced teachers and students who have completed or are taking student teaching. I II S ( G )

4 1 9 Admin;Slml.ioll of Ihe School Libmry 2

Organ ization and administration of the school library for teacher-libra­rians in the elementary schools. S ( G )

IF I . Tit t-:TI ,

9 9

420 Proces8ing School Library Materials 2

Sim pl ified procedures for the e1as,ification, cataloging, and technical processing of school l ibrary materials. S ( e )

4 2 3 Language Arts i n tlte Elementary School 2

A course desip;ned to give the elementary tcacher, grades one through eip;ht, an understand ing of how to teach the lan/';uap;c arts in a fune· t ional manner. The fol lowing ski l ls will be considered : usage, listen· ing, speaking, wri t in/';, spel l i np;, and vocabulary bui ld ing. Open to expe· rienced teachers only. I S ( e )

426 Primary «eading 2

A study of the materials a n d methods of the modern pri mary readi ng program and its relation to other activities. Open to experienced teach· ers only. S ( G )

428 Kindergarten 2

A study of the kin dergarten chi ld and his adjustment pro b lems. Special emphasis on activit ies and procedures for h i � development. S ( � )

433 Principles (lnd Teclwiqltes in Secollllary Education 4

Purposes, trends, current issues, and teehniques in secondary education. An opportunity is provided for planning curricula on the secondary level, individually and cooperatively. Registration in this course is per· mitted only to those students wish i ng to meet special certification reo quirements. Not permitted for students who have had 3Ucd. S

436, 437, 438, 439 Workshops 1·,1

Workshops in special fields for varying periods of t ime. ( G )

440 Sped/i.e Methods i n Teaching Secondary Sclwol Subjects 2

Stud ies of the curr icultlnl , methods, and materials of inst rll(:tion in the various fields of the secondary school curriculum. These cou rses are offered by di fferent departments of the University as i ndicated below and may be taken for graduate credit.

440a Art in the Secorlliary School 2

See Art 440". ( e ) 440b Business Education in the Secondary School 2

See Business Administration "40b. ( e ) 440c English ill the Secoml(lry School 2

( G )

440d Literature ;11 t'.e Secondary School 2

( G)

440e Matl.ematics in the Secondary School 2

(G) 440f Music in the Secondary School 2

See Music 4t10f. ( e )

4-tOg Sdence in Ihe Secondary S"hool 2 ( e l

440h Sodal Scuclie .• in Ihe Secondary School 2 ( G )

440j Speech in the Secondary School 2 See Speech 440i. ( G l

440.; CI,emistry i n tlte Secondary School 2 ( G )

440k Methmls in Teaching German 2 See German 440k. ( G )

440m Method .• in Teaching French 2 , ee French 440m. ( G )

44 1 S,ati .• ticul Method .• . 1

See P,ychology 441, Sociology 441, Economics 441. IT S ( G )

442 Speech lor Ihe Classroom Teacher 2 See • peeeh 442. I I S ( e )

449 Reading Center W orkdwp 2 Clinical study of rea_di ng problems and suggested corrective measure�. To be taken concurrently with Educa tion 469. S ( G )

450 P .• ychological Te .• ting 2 See Psychology 'l50. ( e )

4 5 1 Individllal Mental T e .• ling 2

See Psychology 451. ( G )

46 1ub o r " d Curriculum., Methods, and Student Teaching 5

A conrse designed to give some knowledge, understanding, and study of ch i ld ren, subject matter fields, and material s i n the student's alter· nate u:aching level plus student tcac,hing on that level. Students enroll in 463a or b an d 461cd or in 463<; or d and 461ab. I I I

462 ub, c d Seminar and Observation .1 Studcnts will investigate problems of teaching at all levels and i n all phases of the publie sehool!;. Ob,ervations and c,oursc work wil l be dc!;igned to help students develop an un derstanding of the contin uity of the e dueational experience and curriculum.

463a, b, c, or d Slmient Teaching 9

Tcaching in the public schools un der the direction and superVISIOn of c la:;tiroom teac hers and university teachers. Those preparing primarily for ki ndergarten and prim ary elect 46:h ; those for i ntermediate and u pper grades, 463b ; th ose for junior high school, 463c ; and those for senior h igh school , 463d. Prerequisite : Education .3 11 and one semes­ter in resi dence. I Il

( I 11 H"r� or I Tin eTIn 1 0 1

465 Special Projecl 1-5

Students who wish to do i ndividual study and research on educational problems or additional laboratory experience in public sehool class­rooms may do so with special permission of the department. I II

468 talmralory JrI ork .• hop .1

A practical course using children of elementary age in a classroom situation work i ng out a speci fie problem. Provision wi l l be made for some active partieipation o f the u nil'crsity students. A conference with thc i nstructor or the Director of Teacher Education will he required hdore registration can he completed. S ( G )

469 Direcletl Teac!ting ; n Ueading Cenler,. 4

Direeted observation and teaching in su mmer remed ial classes in publ i c schools. T o h e tak"n coneurrently w ith Education 449. S ( G )

'1-72 Occllpalional 1nformalion 2

This course is designed for those who are interested in the voeational /!:uidance o f young people. Spceial em pha"is is placed upon the sources, analysis, fil i n�, and methods of dissemi nating orocupational i n forma· t ion. S ( G )

473 1nlrodllclion to COlIn.seling 2

See Psychology 473. ( G )

475 Enwlional Problems of Children 2

F:mp hasis is placed on common emotional problems of elementary a n d secondary school·age p u p i l s and t h e tcaeher's role w h e n these arise i n t h e clacsroom. There i s opportun ity t o visit local community agcncie". See Psychology 475. S ( G )

478 Menial lIe{lhh for Teacher .• 2

Primarily concerned with the adjustment of the teacher to the cl assroom situation. Some f'mp hasis on the varioHS mechanisms of adj ustment. II S ( G )

501 lIi .• lory of Edllcalion 2

A study o f the history of education, Occi dental a n d Or iental, with par· ticular reference to i to beari ngs on contemporary education. I I S

505 Philosophy of E(IIlC(dion .1 A study of the writings o f the great phi lusophers of Education from the t ime of Aristotle and Plato to the present ti me.

507 Advanced Edllc{llion{l1 Psychology 2

Pri n c iples and research in human learn ing and their i m plications Ior curriculum and i nstruct ion. I S

509 Compamlive E<I"('(lli01l 2

A com parative study of thc backgrounds, developments, trends, and problems of major national systems o f education. II S

1 0 2 STB CTIO

522 Core Curricul u m 2

A study of the philosophical background of the cor� curriculum and the methods of teachin(,: appl icab l e to the core. Special attent ion wi l l be givcn to problem solving and the preparation of units of instruction. S

52? Dia�'w"i., 01 Re"rling PmMem .• 2

Causes, prevention, and correction of readin(': d isahi l i ty cases are em· phasized. Various types of reading disabil i ty cases are d ia(,:nose d in class. Each member o f the class will diagnose, tutor, and ('om pi le a case study of a reading problem, preferahly from his own school. Prc­rcq l l is i w : .1 1 2 or i ts equivalent. S

536, 537, 538, 53? Workshops 1-.1

Graduate worbhops in special fields held for varyi ng kngths of t ime.

546 Curric"',,m Development 2

A study of ty pes of curricu l um organization and programs and tech­ni ques of c u rricui l lm development with a view of prepari ng the stud�nt for his ow n work o n curriculum prohlems. II S

;;48 TIll) Gi/teel Chiltl 2

A study of the gi fted child, his characterist ics and problems, a n d school pro('edu res de,i(,:ned "to further development. S

557 IIv,dualion 2

Evall lation of the outcomes of school ex periences, Problems that arise in eonne(,tion with de"elopment, or(,:anization, and administration o f tests ( both standardized and teacber made ) w i l l be studied. Required of all fifth year students. Prerequisite : Student teacbing or tcaching expc" ience. II S

571 School Guielance f'ro{!ram 2

A survey study of tbc guidance program as organized and eonducted by a public sc hool system with emphasis on the role of the teacher, S

.58 1 1'"Mic School //(lmi"i,slration .'l

A beginning eOllI'se for those students planning t o enter the field of publ ic school administration and supervision. Some consideration w i l l be given t o the role of t h e scbool board a n d superi ntendent, but major empbasis will be on the role of the prineipal as his work relates to cbildren and youth, parents, teachers, and other scbool employees, buildings, transportat ion, and the com m u n ity. Prerequisite : At least one year of teaching experience. S

586 School Finance 2

Local, state, and federal contri butions to school fm ance, i t s phi losophy and dcvelopment. Speci al em phasis on the development a n d admini '­tration of a school budget. S

)( n I' S OF I STH l< rr 1 0 3

591 High School Organizal.ion lind Adm illi,.tralioll 2

Current viewpoints and issues in planning and or�anizinp: th.., hip:h school currieulum, schedule making, extra-eurricular activit ies, teachers' mcctinp:s, pupi l account ing and control, finance and reports. Prerequi­site : Edueation 581. S

594 At/ministration lind SlIpervi,,;oll IF orks/lOp 4

The projects d iscussed will chicny be derived from the i n terests an d needs o f the st uden ts. Typical projec ts are curriculum p l ann i ng a n d adjustment i n l i ne with present needs, p ublic relat ion programs, pcr­sounel employment and in-service tra i n i ng, and fi nancinp; building a n d educat ional programs. Prcrequi i t c : One course i n administration an d/or supervi sion. S

595 Method .. alld Techniques of Nesearch 2

A study of the various methods and techniques of research wi th appli­cations and illustrations drawn from the fields of Educat ion and Psy­cholop:y and from such fields as Economics, History, Political Sciencc, and Sociology. Some practice in rc carch is prov i ded. Prerequisi t e : one semester of statistics and completion of most of the course work for the }laster's dpgrec. IT S

596 Hesellrch Studies in. fi:(lIlCllI;Oll 1 -2

For those Master of A rts candidates who elect to wri t e two research paper;;. ( O n e research paper may be in the candidate's minor field writ ­ten u n der the supervision o f the m inor adviser. ) Candidates w i l l be req u i red t o review their research papers before the Graduate Commit­tee. I II S

597 Nesearch St/l(lie.� in Education 1-2 See Edueation 596.

598 Thesis .1-4

For those Master of A rts candidates who elect to write a thesis. The the�is problem will be chosen from the candi dat e's major area of eon­centration and must be pproved by h is Gra d uate Committee. The eandi dat" will be ex peeled t o defend his t hesis in a final oral exami­n a t ion conducted by h i s Committee. I II S

ENGLISH

Mr. Ranson, IHiss Blomquist, Mr. Carlson, Mr. [lillger, Mrs. Johnson, Mr. Klopsch, Miss Knudson, Mr. Reigstad, Mr. Reynolds,

assisted by Mrs. Hykes

The courses in English arc designed ( 1 ) to offer all students an opportunity to de\'elop greater competency i ll the ordinary forms of writing and greater discernment in reading works of literat ure ; (2) to provide limited training in cri t ical and creative writing ; (3) to give men and women, regardless of their intended vocations, the rich interpretive insights into man's experience, to-

1 0 4 II I ' I ( I I �TI: r ..., I I I

>:"tl1<'r w i t h the ae,th ,t ie \ ([I u " t h a t a n i n tensive a n d extensive kn owledge o f l i t e ra t ure aITords , o r ( 4, ) t o p rovide t ra i n i n g for teachers o f E n >:l ish o n all l evels, i n e[u d i ng- the p n�purat i o n for p;radllate work lead i n g to t(-'ach i l1 � i n : :o l lq:rt'.

For the m a j o r in F.n>:l i�h at !Past 27 creuit hours are re'l u i re d in addi t i on to F.nr: i i ch WI a n d 1 02. Each ma jor shoulu fol low one of the fol low i nr: pro­�ra m s , ( 1 ) 241 and 242, :�H:Z , :m;� or .'lH4, 'J hour, o f upper division electives in Engli,d, l i tera t u re, and (, hour,; of dectives from a n y other ('ours s l i sted , ( 2 ) 25 1 and 252, .'lH2, �H3 or 384, 9 hours of upper division electives i n A meri­

('an l i terat l l lT, il nd (, hOl lrs of ele('.tives from any other cou rses l isted.

E n >:l i,h majors who r l an to do r:rad uatc work shou l d take 404, 497 a n d 498.

Cand idates for the Ba(·h"lor of A rts in Educat i on degree who are p ia n n i nr: a t('([ c h i n >: major in Engl ish sho u l d refer to page 56 u n der A CA DEMIC P R E P A R . '\ nON.

1 0 1 (;omp""it;cm .'J The cnurs" a i m s t o t rai n ,Iudents t o ckvelop i ckas aceurate l y anu effec­t iyely in tl,.., s(' n tenc,,_ in t h e parar:raph, and in ex ten ded writ ten dis­cussion. Essay� ure read and analyzed to provide models of p:ood eX flO­sition, to st i m u late thou!!;hl and discussion, and to develop a(,curacy in re.adi ul!. I n

1 02 Compo .• ilion :l A hrid study of the l<,ch n i q u c of prepari ng 0. ['escarch paper. Ot her­wise, further work i n e x posi t o ry wri t i n p: camhi ned w i th the stuely o f rep­rese n t a t ivl" works of expos i t i o n , f,c t i o n , d rama, and roctry. T II

2 1 7 The SllOrl Story .'J A study o f the short story as a narrat ive form. Prart i ce i n wri t i n p: short stor i es. (U p p l�r d i vision stu d"n ts may ohta in u prer division (·cedi t . ) 1

2 1 3 A,/tlm",e(1 Compo .• iti<m :l A imed to hl'111 t ill' student develop greater accuracy, faci l i ty and .,fTee­l iveness i n vHil in� exposit ion, description and narration. 1 1

233, 234 World Literature .1, .1

A study o f the l i tera t u n, o f Western Europe-aneient, medieval, an d modern. T, 1I

2 4 1 , 21.2 S,trt,ey 0/ Ameril,an tileralure 8, 8

A study of A m erican l i tera t u re from colonial times to the twentieth century. I , U

250 Contemporary tilerall1re 3 A �tlldy of sele<:ted works hy major writers, chiefly Engl ish and Amer­ican, rcpresentinl!; main trends in poetry, fiction and drama from World War I to the present time. I I

25 l , 252 Survey 0 / Jo:flgli.�" Lileratllre 3, 3 A study of English c l assics from Beowulf to Hardy and Wilde.

1 0 6 l R E ' Of

302 T h e English 1,angllage .1

A �tudy of the development of the En p:l i!;h language, plus i n tensive re\'i(�w of syntax and gra m m ar. II

3 18 Creatille Writing .1

For those seriously interested in wri t ing fict ion, dram a, or poetry. II

321, 322 Children'" U'eralure .1, .1

A study of chi ldren's l i terature a n d juvenile l i terature as a rich body of l itera ture i n it�elf a n d as a guide for book sclection in the lower grades. I

332 l'lle Continental Novel .1

A sturly o f representative French, Russian, German, Scandinavian, and Spanish novels of the ni neteenth ccntury. IT

333, 334 Greek ami 1Jatin Literatllre in TraTl.dalion .1, .1

r\ stl ldy of sll(;h writer!; as Hesiod, Homer, Aeschylll!;, Sophocles, Enripi · des, A ristophanes, Pi ndar, Plato, Thucydi des, Longus, Theocritus, Apu· l e i us, Plutareh, Plau tus, Terence, Seneca, Virgil, Lucretius, Horace, Catulius, .! uvcna l, Cicero, Epictetu!;, Marcus Aurel ius, Ovid. Strongly recommended for all English majors. I, I I

3 4 9 Modern Poel,ry .1 •

A study of recent English and A m erican poetry. I I S

3.'57 F ngli" h [)rarna .1

Plays reprcsent infJ; the development of drama from the sixtc�enth cen­t ury to the nineteenth, exclusive of Shakespeare. I all' 1 %3-64

358 Modem l)rama .1

Selected [1 lay� represent ing the developmen t of drama i n the contem­porary period : British, Continen tal, A meriean. II a/y 1964-65

382 Chaucer :J

Especially Troilus and Criseyde and The Canter/Jilry Tales, Some study wi l l be made of the developmen t of the English l anguage. II

383 Shakespeare .'J

Laue's Labour's Lost, Midsammer-Night's Dream, As Y Oil Like It, Rich­ard II I, Romeo and juliet, Julius Caesur, Troiius and Cressida, Othello, Macbeth, A ntony and Cleopa/m, Cymbeline. I

384 Shakespeare .1

Comedy 0/ Errors, Merchant 0/ Venice, Richard II, Henry IV: Parts 1 & 2 ; Twel/th Night, Measure for Meamre, Hamlet, Lear, Coriolanus, Tem pest_ I I.

388 Seventeenth Century English Literature .'1 Donne, Milton and their contemporaries. II

.OUR.'FS O f f T P I I.T IO T 1 0 7

389 Eighteenth Century English Literature 3

Defoe, Addison, Swift, Pope, Thomson, S. Johnson, Boswel l , Goldsmith, Gray, Collins, Burns, Blake. I aly 1964·65

404. Lilerary Critici.ml .1

A study of the ptoblems of creating and evaluating l iterature as dis· cussed by the great critics, especially those of the past century, together with the wri ting of brief and extensive cri ticisms of poems, fiction and drama. II

441 The A11lCrican Renaissance .'J

Hawthorne, Emprson, Thoreau, Melville, Whitman.

442 Development of Realism in American Fiction .1

Twain, Howells, .lames, Norris, Crane, Dreiser

443 Major Southern Writers of the U.S • . 1 From Twain to J. C. Ransom, K. A. Porter, Faulkner, Tennessee Williams.

451 , 452 The Engli.,h Novel .1, .1

A study of major novels, selected to represent the main developments in this genre, chiefly from the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. I , I I

4 8 J! Engli.,h Renai8sance Literature .1 Studies in the prose, poetry and drama of Tudor and Elizahethan Enl-\' la.{d, with primary emphasis upon Shakespeare's contemporaries. I a/y 1964-6,5

48:3 Early Nineteenlh Century English l�iterature .1

An i ntensive study of Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley and Keats. I

484 l�ate 19th Century English U,erature !I An i ntensive study of the l i terature of the Victorian period ( 1 830-1900 ) ; poetry, criticism, drama and some fiction. II

494 Twentieth Century American Literalure .1

495 T'lJCntielh Century Engli.�h Literal.ure .1

497, 498 Major Conference 2, 2 Designed to enable exceptional senior major students and senior majors who plan to do graduate work i n literature to round out their hack­ground by an in tensive, planned course of reading. 1 II

FOREIGN LANGUAGES

Mrs. Lillie, Mr. Koppitch, Mr. C. J. Malmin, Mr. Purvis, Mr. Roe, Mr. Spangler, Mr. Weber ; assisted by Mr. Mednis

The study of foreign languages has hecome a necessity in the present-day world. It gives the student the i n formation, interest, facility, and enjoyahlc experience acquired in the course of achieving a new language. Through the

1 0 8 , 'I I I I { 1 ( ) r 1 ;:-'1 1 I I (.'J I ( )

medium o f a foreign language, the student augments his understanding o f past and present contributions of other peop les in the areas of civilization, history, l i terature, and the arts and sciences.

Students preparing: to ent.,.. graduate school are advised to prepare themselves in at least two modern languages ( usually French, German, Russi a n ) .

The elementary cou rses i n foreign languages ( 101 , 1 02 ) are not open for col le�e credit to students who have completed two years of the respective language in high school. All elementary foreign language classes meet daily.

CllIs�i .. al Languag(;s For a major in c1assi<:al languages, 27 hours are requi red, i ncluding Greek

201 , 202, :, 1 1 , 312, :12 1 , 322, 352 ; Latin 201, 202, 331, 332.

It is rcc'ommended that one year of Latin precede the study of Greek.

Greek

201 , 202 Elemenfary Greek 4, 4

I n flections, vocabulary, a n d syntax ; translations from Greek to Engl ish and English to Creek. I, II

3 1 1 , 3 1 2 New Testament .'1, .1 I, II

321, ,122 Advanced Grammar and Reading 2, 2

I, n Offered On dem and.

352 Seminar ;n Greek Language or Literature 2

II

Latin

101, 102 Elementary Lati" 4, 4

Exercises i n grammar and syntax ; senten�es based on anc:ient authors ; second semester. Caesar's Callic War. J, II

201 , 202 Intermediate Lat;n 3, 3 Cicero's Orations apinst Catal ine ; Sallnst : The War with Cataline : second semester. Virgil's Aeneid. J, n

3 3 1 , 332 The Golden Age ,'1, .'I First semester, Ovid's l'vletumorphoses ; second semester, the Odes of Horace. Prerequisite Lati n : 202 or three admission u n i ts in Latin. To be offered on derftand.

Cla .... ic ..

These cou",'cs are hased UI)On a study of Latin and Greek derivati\'c� : p res­entation is by the structnral approach of the eIassiea l vocabularies. No knowl­edge of Latin or Greek i s requ ired for courses in classic5_ They wil l not count as foreign language credit. Recommended for students of the arts and science� and the romance languages.

c O l H I 0 1' I 'I I I I i T I ( I 1 0 9

301 J' ocabulary Building : Greek in Current Use 2

Designed as a study of Greek elements in English, with em phasis on words i n literary and scienti fic use. I

302 J' ocabltlary nuilding: Lati .. in Current Use 2

Systematic study of the large Latin element in the Engl ish vocabulary. Understanding and build ing scientifie voeabulary. IT

Modern Languages

The language laboratory provi des regular practiee in listeni n g to good model, of foreign speeeh and a large a mount o f imitat ion and repeti t ive dr i l l . Li;;tening p ractice i s i n tended to lead pro�ressively toward the abi l ity to express on\�'s thoughts in conversation with pronunc. iation, i n tonation, and use of �ralll' matical forms acceptable to the educated native speaker.

Laboratory drill is required as a repdar part of course a�signments in begin· n i n g and intermediate courses and in some advanced !:ourses.

The aural-oral approach is used in all elementary and intermediate courses i n modern languages.

Germanic Languag �

German.

Twenty·four ( 24 ) hours above 102 are req u i red for a major i n German, i ncluding German :301 , :'102, 4 1 1 , 412, 451, 452 or 440k.

Candidates for the Rach�lor of A rts in Education degree who art! planning a teaching major i n German should refer to page 57 under ACADEMIC PREI' R A T JON.

1 01, 102 Elementary Germall 4, 4

Grammar, selected readings. I, IT

2 0 1 , 202 Intermediate GermUll 3, 3

Readings i n German history and literature. ,I. II 22 1, 222 Grammar aJul COllver.�atioll 2, 2

May accompany German 201 , 202. I, I I

251, 252 Scientific German 3 , 3

Basic tra i n i ng in the reading of scientific German. Meets basic language requ i rement. Prerequisite : Consent of I nstructor. 1, I T

301 German Classics .'1 Historical and l i terary studies: Lessing, Schil ler, Gri l lparzer. I a/Y 1 96:3·M

302 Goelhe's Faust 3

Review of earl ier l i terary expression" of the Faust theme and Faust, Part I. II aiy 196;).64

1 1 0 'Tin - 1'10

335, 336 German Civilization 2, 2

The cultural-historical development of German art, literature, music, philosophy and of the sciences_ I, I I

4 1 1 Tile German "Novelle" .1

A study of the peculiarly German prose-form, "Die NovelIe-" Brief studies of the development of the novel in earlier centuries_ Master­pieces from Droste-Huelshoff, Eiehendorff, and Kleist. I aly 1964-65

412 Rpic.< and Lyrics 3

A brief resume of epic poetry and a reading of outstanding German epics, followed by selected masterpieces of the German Iyric_ II aly 1964-65

440k Methods in Teaching German 2

Offered on demand_

451 , 452 Advanced Compo.sitioll and Oral Expression 2, 2

Particular attention given to facility i n the usage of sentence structure and grammatical form. Offered on demand. I I I

497, 498 Independent Sttldy 1-2

Norwegian

101, 102 l�lementary t'Vorse 4, 4

Grammar, selected readi ngs. I, I I

201 , 202 Intermediate Nor .• e 3, .1

Stories, periodicals, and publications from Norway. Interpretation of the Seandinavian way of l i fe_ I, II

Romance Languages

French

Twenty-four ( 24 ) hours above 102 are required for a major 111 French, in­cluding French 401 , 402.

Candidates for the Bachelor of Arts in Education degree who are planning a teaching major i n French should refer to page 56 under A CA DEMIC PREPA­R TJON.

1 0 1 , 102 Rlementary French 4, 4

Grammar, selected readings, laboratory attendance. I, II

201, 202 Intermediate French 3, .1

Grammar, readi ngs, laboratory attendance. I, II

2 2 1 , 222 Introduction to French Civilization 2, 2

Readings i n cultural materials and a selection of edited novels, with some conversation practice. May accompany French 201 , 202. I, I I

COUI{. 1:. OF I �TI l ICflO

251 Scientific French .3

Offered on demand.

301 , 302 Studies in the French Drama .3, 3

1 1 1

Middle Ages to the 18th Century. I aly 1964-6.5. 18th Century to the 20th Century. II aly 1 964·6.5

3 5 1 , 352 Compmition and Advanced Grammar :l, .3

I, II a/y 1 964-6.5

40 1 , 402 French Literature .3, .3 Study and analysis of representative French poets and writers from the Middle Ages to the 20th Century. I. II aly 1 963-64

440rn Methods in Teaching French 2 Offered on demand.

497, 498 Independent Study 1-2

Spanish

1 0 1 , 102 Elementary Span;.�" 4, 4

Grammar, selected readings. I, II

201, 202 Intermediate Spani.�h 3, .3

Readings i n Spanish history and literoture. I,II

Slavic Languages

Ru ... �i(m.

101, 102 Elementary Russian 4, 4

Grammar, selected readings. I, II

201, 202 In termediate Russian .3, .'l

L II

GENERAL ENGINEERING

Mr. Schmid 101 Engineering Problems 2

An i ntroduction to engineering methods i ncluding mathematic review, use of slide rule and logarithms, use of formulas in problem solving with emphasis on systematic procedure and standard form of reports. I I I

151, 152 Engineering Drawing and Descriptive Geometry 2 , 2 I, I I

GEOGRAPHY

Mr. Mackey 101 World Geography .3

A su rvey of the physical a n d social features of the various countries. I , II

1 1 2 "';'1' 1 ' ( TIO

GEOLOGY

Mr. Ellingson Geology is the SC'il'nce of the carth ; the study of the ocean deeps, the plains,

the plateaus, and the mountai ns. Geolo�y gives the student the opportun ity to study minerals, rocks, and fossi ls, and, with these tools, helps him to u nder· stan d the devdoprn('nt of hi: present environment.

1 0 1 Physic,,' Geology 4

A stu dy of rocks, minerals, and the physiographic features of the sur· faell of the (:arth. Two lectur's a n d two laboratory peri ods a week. One Sawr lay field trip requi red. l

1 02 Historical GlU}logy 4

A ('.on tinuat i on of Geology 1 0 1 . A study of sedimen tary rocks, fossi ls, and earth h is t of)'. Two Icet.n res and two lahoratory per iods a week. Two 'u t ur day field tr ips req u i n,d. [ ]

203 Mineralogy 3 Fundamental pr inc iples of crystallography and mi neralogy, study i n g b o t h orr: a n d rock form i n g minerals. One ler,tllre and t w o l aboratory peri od, a week. Prer 'quisites : Geology 101 and Chemistry I I I and 121, or perrn ission. I I aly 1 964-65

204 Petrology 3 Origin , occurrence n n d elasj {jcation of the more commOJl rocks ; em· p h asis OJl hand lens i dent i fieation. Prerequisi tes : Geo logy 101 or [lenn is· si on. Il a/y 1 965·66

360 Geology 0/ Weslern Washin.gton 5 A course designed for teachers ; giving experience i n rock and m inera l ideJlti fication and land form study. Two lectures and three al l·day field trips a week. Prerequ isites: One year of a lahoratory science or the permission of the instructor. S

497-498 Independent Swdy 1-3

REALm AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION

Mr. Salzman, Miss A rka, Mr. R. Carlson, Mr. Lundgard, Mrs. Young; assisted by Mr. SOltZa

Requi rements for a major in Health a n d Physical Education for the Bachelor of A rts degrec are : 27 eredit hours i ncluding the folJowinl'; cOllrse :

M en - Pre requis i te : Biology 131, 1 32, 1 6 1 , 162. Physical Education 2 10, 292, 312, 322, 334, 34 1 , 342, 345, 346, 36.), 450, 97.

Women-PreTequisi te : Biology 1 3 1 , 1 32, 161 , 162. Physical Education 210, 290, 292, 312, 322, :1:\3, 334, 341, 342, 345, 346, 450, 497.

Candidates for the Baehelor of Arts in Education degree who are planning a teachi n g major in HcalUl and Physical Education or orrective Therapy should refer to page 57 under ACADEMIC PREPARATION.

Health Edu.cacion

2 1 0 Healtl, Essentials 3

A general course in personal and communi ty health. 1 n 292 First Aid 2

This c urse meets the requ i rements for the Red Cross Standard and Ad­vanced Cards. [(

3 10 Health Education 2 The health instTuction program in the public schools. Prerequ isite : Health Education 2 1 0. I aly 1963-64

465 School Health Program 2

I ncludes schoolroom construction, lighting, heati ng, sanitation, ventila­tion, selection and location of equipment, communicable diseases and medical inspect i on. II

Physical Edllcation

Activities 0 1 , 1 02, 1 03, 104 Acri"icies ( Women) 1 , 1 , 1 , 1

R(·gular freshman and sophomore activity classe . Two periods per week. T IT

105, 1 06, 205, 206 Adapted Activities ( Women) 1, 1 , 1, 1

Activi ties to meet the needs of i ndivi dual students who are not able to partie ipate in the regular activities classes. Two periods per week. I II

107, 108, 1 09, 1 10 Acri"ities (Men) 1 , 1, 1 , 1

Regular freshman and sophomore activity classes. Two periods per week. I II

201 Beginning Goll (Men and Women) 1

Opt ional activity class for sophomor . Clubs are furnished for class work. Students furnish their own balk Students not owning golf clubs may rent clubs for field work . I II

202 Beginning Badminton and Tennis (Men and W onu!n) 1

Optional activity class for sophomores. Students furnish their own balls and shuttlecocks. Racquets are provided for class work, but students must fumi. h racquets for field work . II

203 Beginning Archery (Men and Women) 1

Optional activity class for sophomores. All equipment furnished. II

204 Begin ning Bowling 1

Optional activity class for sophomores. Special fee required to eover transportation and shoe rental. I II

207 Gymnastics and Rebound Tumbling 1

Optional activity class for sophomores. I II

1 1 4

208 lJeginning Skiing 1

Special fec required.

Theory

270 Football 2 II

271 Oa.,ketball 2 II

272 Tru('k 2 II a/y 1964·65

273 Baseball 2 II

274 Met/rods in Teaching Tumbling 2

Stunts, tumbling, and use of the tram pol i ne. Coeducational. Limited to students majoring in health and physical education. I I

2 7 5 MethOtls i n Teaching ff/restling 2

290 Methotls in Teaching Indi"idllal Sports ( Women) 2

Techniques and methods used in teaching tennis, �olf, archery, badmi n · ton, bowlin<T and track.

3 1 2 Physical Education in the Elementary School 2

Progressive series of games and other activities, including physical fit· ness testing, for the elementary grades. Required for men, maJonng in health and physical education, who plan to teaeh i n the elementary school. I

322 Ki1le .• iology ."J Analysis of body movements i n relation to physical education activities and posture. Prerequisi te : Biology 161, 162. n

323 Principles of Movement 2

A study of the principles i nvolved i n basic body movements and the application of these principles to various education activities. I aly 1962·63

325 Corrective Physical Education 2

Survey of common deviations of posture, functional disturbances, and erippling conditions found in school cbildren. Consideration of the extent and limitations of the teacher's responsibility for their improve· ment. I S aly 1963·64

333 Methods in Teaching Team Sport.� ( Women) 2

Techniques and methods used in teaching soccer, basketball, \'olleyball, softbal'l and field hockey. I

334 American Red Cross Life Saving Course 1 I I

COl HSL or ( l\ ,TR UCTlO]\ 1 1 5

336 A t hletic Training 2

A course designed to aid the physical educator and coach i n the pre­vention and t reatment of athletic i nju ries_ Especially valuable to the coach in the field. I

341 Methods in Folk Dancing 2

A study of basic steps and movemen t patterns together with the applica­tion of these steps in a variety of folk , cou ple, square, and mixer dances.

342 Problem.� in Teaching Rhythmics 2

Prerequisite : Health and Physical Edilcation 341. II

345 Principle� of Physical Education 2

The place of health and physica l education i n the school program, aims, objectives, content of the program, and modern trends. I

346 School Recreation 2

A course of instruction for those intending to take full or part-time positions in the field of recreati on_ The course covers program planning, organization and admini strat ion in community rec reatio n, incl uding a study of the relation of puhlic school to community recreation_ 11

363 Method.� and Material.� in Teaching Sports (Men) 2

A study of methods and techniques in teachi ng games and sports, ex­clusive of major sports. II

39 1 , 392 Corrective Therapy 4, 4

A corrective therapy cli nical train ing program i nc ludi ng lectures, lah­oratory experience, and cl inical practil:e. Open only to physical educa­tion majors in Opt ion I Program 2, and with consent of department. I , II

450 The School Phy .• ieal Education Program 2

Includes problems of organ ization and admi n istration.

473 History of Phy.�ical Education 2

S aly 1 96.1-64

491 Reading and Re .• eareh 1-4

Open to students majoring in health and physical educati on. I II

493 Problem .• in Physical Education .'1 Limited to those who have had teaching experi ence. 5 aly 1963-64

497, 498 Major Conference 2

Prerequ isite : Health and Physical Education 363 (Men ) ; or 290, 333 and 341 ( Women ) . I II

505 Graduate Re .• eareh 1-2

Open only to graduate students whose minor is in the field of health and physical education, and with approval of department chairman_ I II S

LOI R"r. · OJ TH t. (0;'\ 1 1 7

HISTORY

Mr. Schnackenberg, Mr. Akre, Mr. Ristuben, Mr. Vigness, Mr. Nordqllist

The purpose of the study of history is to inform the student of man's words and deeds that have shaped the world's cultures, movements, institutions, and civi l izations. As such, i t seems to build a fund of useful information, sharpen the critical faculties of the mind with respect to materials and methods, train the intellect, discipline the memory, and probe for those values that point the way toward ultimate meaning for modern man's search for liberty and security.

A Major comprises 30 hours including History 103, 104 and 203, 204.

Admission : During the second s mester of the sophomore year, a student i ntending to major in history leading to the Bachelor of A rts degree should fill out an application which is available in the department office. If accepted, the student will be assigned to a memher of the history faculty who will serve '" h is adviser.

English Proficiency : Prior to the Thanksgiving recess of the junior year, a history major must attain a satisfactory score on an examination in English proficiency. Arrangements for taking the examination shou.Jd be made in the office of the Director of Testing.

Senior Semz:nar : In either the first or second semester of the senior year, a history majpr must enroll in one seminar (either American or European ) .

Examination : Before the end of March of the senior year, each graduating history major must take an examination, usually oral, covering the work in the fi(:ld of hititory. Arrangements will be made by the department chairman.

Candi dates for the Bachelor of Arts in Education degree, who are planning a teaching major in History should refer to page 58 under ACADEMIC PREPA RATION.

103, 104 History 0/ Civilization 3, 3 An introduction to history emphasizing the understanding and analysis of historical materials and ideas. The historic foundations and institu­tions of civilization-Mesopotamia ; Egypt ; The Hebrews ; Greece ; Rome ; The rise of Christianity ; Europe to the present. Lectures and discussions. L II

1 12 History 0/ tlte Cltri.�tian Cltr,rch 2 The origins, thought and expansion of the Christian Church, the rise of the papacy, the Reformation, and the modern era. I II

203, 204 American History 3, 3

The origin and development of the American nation from colonial times to the present. Emphasis upon the factors that have i nfluenced and contributed to American institutions. I, II

2 10 Tlte Pacific Northwest 2 The discoveries, explorations, and settlement of the Pacific Northwest. The international rivalries ; the missionary, economic, and political back­ground ; the establishment of state and local governments. I II

1 1 8 COURSF ' OF I TSTH UCTIOl J

241, 242 Hi.�tory of the Ancient World .1, .1

A study of the ancient Mediterranean world. The history of Greece. Alexander the Great ; the origins and rise of the Roman Empire and civilization. The decline. May be taken for upper division credit with consent of instructor. I, II

301 Medieval History 3

A study of the history of Europe from the disintegration of the Roman Empire to 1450. Extensive reading and research in selected medieval materials. Prerequisite : History 103, 104. I aly 1965-66

3 1 1 The Renais.�ance 3 A systematic study of Europe i n an age of transition 0 300 to the death of Michelangelo ) ' Readings and research in selected topics. Prerequi­site : History 10.3, 104. I aly 1964-65

3 1 2 The Reformation 3

An intensive study of the sixteenth century. Pol itical and religious crisis ; Lutheranism, Zwinglianism, Anglicanism, Anabaptism, Calvinism, Roman Catholic reform. The Weber thesis, the beginning of Baroque art. Readings and research in selected sixteenth century materials. Pre­requisite : History 103, 104. II

333 European History from 1648 to 1789 3

An advanced study of men and movements during the early development of the modern, scientific age. The enlightenment, the Old Regime. Read­ings and research. Prerequisi te : History 103, 104. I a/y 1964-65

334 The French Revolution and Napoleon .1

An advanced course of lectures, reading and research in the revolu­tionary events in Europe from 1789 to the Congress of Vienna. Pre­requisite: History 103, 104. II aly 1964-65

337 Nineteenth Century Europe .1

A study of the development and expansion of European civilization from 1 815 to 1914. Lectures, discussions, readings, research. Prerequi­site : History 103, 104. I a/y 1965-66

338 Twentieth Century Europe 3

A course of readings and discussions concerning the events and trends since 1914. Prerequisite : History 103, 104. II aly 1965-66

351 American Colonial History 3

A study of the colonial period to the American Revolution. The colonial settlements, governments, and the economie, political, religious, and cultural progress to the independence period. Prerequisite : History 203, 204. I aly 1964-65

360 Civil War and Reconstruction .1

A course of readings and research in the political, social, economic and diplomatic trends from 1850 to 1877. Emphasis u pon the impact upon

COURSES OF I 'STRUCTIO, T 1 1 9

the country of the Civil War and the reconstruction. Prerequisite : His­tory 203, 204. II aly 1964-65

363 The U. S. from 1877 to 1914 3

A n intensive study of the development of the United States during the period of rapid industrialization. Attention given to economic, social, political and intellectual problems and activities. Prerequisite: History 203, 204. I alY 1 965-66

372 Recent A merican Hi.�tory 3

A study of the political, soci al, economic and cultural structure and in­stitutions of the United States since 1914. Emphasis upon involvement in world affairs. Readings and research. Prerequisite : History 20.3, 204. II aly 1965-66

401 , 402 England .1, 3

A study of the political, social, economic, legal, and cultural develop­ments in the British Isles. Prerequisite : History 10.3, 104. I, II aly 1965-60

410 Engli .• " Con.�titutional Hi.�tory 3

The evolution of the English concept of the crown, parliamentary go v­eroment, the structure and functions of England's central and local {';overnmental institutions, the common law from Anglo-Saxon times. Prerequisite : Consent of instructor. II aly 1964-65

421 History o/ Ideas : European Civilization .1

A n advanced study of the leading ideas developed in western civiliza­tion since the disintegration of Rome. Prerequisite: Consent of in­structor. I aly 1965-66

441 History 0/ Russia 3

A study of various problems in the development of Russia. Emphasis upon the collapse of Czarism, the rise of Communism, and present world relations. Prerequisite : History 1 03, 104. I aly 1964-65

444 History 0/ the Far East .1

General geographical and historical study of Far Eastern life and thought. Readings and research. Principal emphasis upon Japan, China, India. The West in Asia ; the rise of nationalism, religious, artistic, intellectual, social institutions. Prerequisite : Consent of instructor. II aly 1964-65

451, 452 American Constitutional History 3, 3

The development of the constitution from colonial times. Stress is laid upon the problems of imperial organization. federal supremacy. political. social. and economic changes. Prerequisite : H istory 203. 204. and con­sent of instructor. I. II aly 1965-66

1 2 0 ( 01 n -- I I I . ' I n t ' .TlO'\l

4 56 History 0/ American Diplmnacy .'J The hasic factors and policies in the foreign relations of the United States : isolation, neutrality, Monroe Doctri�

·e, the United Stat.es as a

world power. Prerequisi te: History 203, 204 and consent of instructor. TT aly 1965·66

462 History 0/ the American Frontier 3

A study of the westward movement with em phasis upon th" Tnrner the�is and i ts critics. Prerequisite : m;;tory 203, 204. I I aly 1964-65

491 , 492 Independent reading and research 1·2

495, 496 Seminar in European History 3, 3

497, 498 Seminar in A merican ni.�lory 3, 3

597, 598 Graduate Research 1-3

JOURNALISM

203 Journali.sm 2

A study of the principles of news writing and editi ng, and their appl ica­tion in the preparation of news copy ; headline writing : proof reading. J

. -

204 Journalism 2

Editorial and feature wntl llg ; a �tudy of the various types of editorial and feature COPl' ; column writ ing ; makeup ; laboratory work i n connec­tion wi th the IVIOORTNG M AST and SAGA. II

MATHEMATICS

,l'lr. C. Adams, Mr. Ehret, Mr. Reitz

Requirernents for the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in mathemat ics �hall eonsist of a minimum of 25 nedit hours i n courses numbered 200 and above i ncludi ng Mathematics 202 and 290, and at least 12 credit hours of upper division courses. Physics 261, 262 is also required. Physics 412 may be substi­tuted for four hours of u p per division mathentaties.

Candidates for thc Bachelor of A rts in Educat ion degree who are planning a teaching major in Mathematics should refer to page 58 under ACADEMIC PREPA TIO .

Requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree in Mathemat i cs consist of a m i n imum of 37 credit hours of mathematics including Mathematics 202 and 290 and at least 24 credi t hours of u pper division mathematics and a min imum of 60 hours i n the areas of science and mathematics. Physics 261, 262 is a 1>;o required. Physics 412 may be subst ituted for four hours of upper division mathematics. Not more than 40 hours i n the major can be counted toward graduation.

1 2 1

Typical Cllrricllillm in Madlematics

Freshman Y car IIrs. Engl 1 0 1 , 102 Composition /) Hist 103, 104 History of

Civi l ization or Hist 203, 204 American

History " .Math 200, 201 Analyti c:

Geometry and Calculus ReI 101 Life of Jesus ReI 1 12 H istory of the

Ch riRtinn Church PE activity Seicn e elect ive

Junior Year Literature elective

* * Forei!!:n language Mathematics approved

courses Phil 201 Introduction to

Phil1)sophy or Phil :n2 Ethics Science elective

7 2

2 2 R

33 IIrs.

:'1 8

12

.3 6

32

Sophomore Year Art or music elective Math 202 A nalytical Geometry

and Calculus Math 290, The Number System Phys 261, 262 General Physics

Hrs. 3

3 3

10 ReI 201 The Bible-Old Testament 2 ReI 202 The Bible-New

Social science elective Electives PE at:tivity

Senior Year Foreign language Mathematics approved courses Social science electives Electives

2 3 3 2

31

IIrs. 6

1 2 6 8

32

* Students not qualifying for Mathematics 200 upon entrance should register jor Mathematics 1 12 and/or 131 and then lake both Mathematics 200 and 290 ill the second semester of the sophumore year.

* " Students who enter the University with two years of a modern langu,age may elect to take second year courses in t.he same language du.ring the freshman year.

10 1 Intermediate Algebra .'l A thorough review of high school algebra and a conti nuat ion beyond quudratics, Three pcri08S per week. Prerequisite : one year of high school algebra. Not acceptable for a major. I II

1 12 Plane 1'rigonometrr 2

I I I

1 3 1 College Algebra 3

I n 200 Analytic Geometry and Calcuills 4

The straight l ine, limits and derivatives, applications of derivativ , i n· tegration, applic.ations of the definite integral. Prerequisite : Mathe· matics 1 1 2 and/or Mathematics 131 or equivalent. I II

1 2 2 COURSE- OF I T TRUCTION

201 Analytic Geometry and Calculus 3

Transcendental functions, natural logarithms, methods of integration, determinants, plane analytical geometry, hyperbolic functions, and polar coordinates. Prerequisite : Mathematics 200. I II

202 A nalytic Geometry and Calculus 3

Infinite series, solid analytic geometry, partial differentiation, multiple integration. Prerequisite : Mathematics 201. I II

290 The Number System :l A postulational development of the real number system. Prerequisite : Mathematics 200 or consent of instructor. II

3 1 1 Differential Equation.� 3

Ordinary differential equations with appTications. Prerequisite : Mathe· matics 202. I

312 Applied Mathematic.� :l Topics include Fourier series, series solutions of differential equations, vector calculus, partial differential equations, the Laplace transform. Prerequisite: Mathematics 3U. II

319 Modern Elementary Mathematics 3

An introduction to the mathematical concepts underlying the traditional computational techniques, and offering a systematic analysis of arith­metic and an intuitive approach to algebra and geometry. Prerequisite : consent of instructor.

321 Geometry :1 A survey of the field of geometry foundations and basic theory in the areas of Euclidean, projective, and non· Euclidean Geometry. Prerequi· site : Mathematics 200 or consent of i nstructor. I aly 1964·65

341 Malhematical Statistic.� :l Elementary probability theory, discrete and continuous distribution functions, introduction to sampling theory and hypothesis testing. Pre· requisite : Mathematics 201. II aly 1964·65

43 1 , 432 Advanced Calculus .1, .1

A rigorous and extended treatment of topics introduced i n elementary calculus. Prerequisite : Mathematics 202 and 290 or consent of instruc· tor. I, II aly 1964·65

453, 454 Modern Algebra 3, .1

Topics include matrices, systems of linear eqnations, linear transforma· tions, vector spaces, introduction to the theory of groups, rings, fields. Prerequisite : Mathematics 201. I, II aly 1963·64

460 Elementary Topology 2 An introduction to topological spaces. Prerequisite : Consent of instruc· tor. On demand.

1 2 3

495, 496 Seminar 1, 1 Open to advanced students with consent of department.

497, 498 Independent Study 1-2 Open to advanced students with consent of department. I II

MUSIC

Mr. Chri.ltensen, Mr. Fritts, Mr. Gilbertson, Mr. Knapp, Mr. Newnham, Miss Payne ; assisted by Mrs. Elliott, Mr. Malmin, Mr. Svedberg, Mrs. Betts

The requirements for the Bachelor of Music degree are outlined under the School of Fine and Applied Arts in the section, Academic Organization.

Requirements for a major in music for the Bachelor of Arts degree shall consist of a mini mum of 34 semester hours in music theory, history and l itera· ture including Music 1 1 1 , 112, 211 , 212, 221, 222, 311 , 312, 411 , 412, and six hours from Music 321, 322, 423, 424 and 426, plus eight semester hours of private or cia", instruction in applied music of which four must be in piano. Four hours of credit i n ensemble must be earned. Quali fying examinations shall be given to al l freshmen and transfer students planning to major in music, and a second examination shull be given at the end of the sophomore year.

All music majors will be expected to attend the faculty and student recitals of the M usic. Departmen t.

Candidaies for the Bachelor of Arts in Education degree who are planning a teaching major in Music should refer to page 60 under ACADEMIC P REPA· RATION.

101 FIl"datnentlll.� .1

A study of tbe rudiments of music, including rhythms, sight reading, elementary keyboard experience and creative music. I II

I l l, 1 12 Theory 3, 3

Thorough training in the melodic, harmonic and rhythmic elements of mu"ic. A complete correlation o f the materials and techniques o f sight· singing, melodic and harmonic dictation, rhythmie reading, and the elements of harmony including seventh chords and four·part writing. Five periods per week. I, II

120 /If Il.�ic Survey 3

A n introduction to the music l iterature of Western Civilization through the study of the form and meaning of musical masterpieces. A course designed to enhance the enjoyment of music. There are no prerequisites. Not open to music majors. I II

132 Concert Chorus 1

Tryouts are held at the beginning of each fall semester. Singing of both sacred and secular music, with and without accompaniment. I I I

134 Choir 0/ the JP est 1

Tryouts are held at the beginning of each fall semester. A capella �inging of sacred music. All members are required to take a minimum

1 2 4 I Ol H�r or- T . rn UCTIn�

of one semester of privat voice lessons each year during the first three years of membership. I I I

1 3 5 Madrigal Singers and Vocal Ensemble 1 Membership determ ined by tryouts. Limited to 20 members. Sin!:>;in!:>; of both sacred and secular music mainly of the sixteenth and seventeenth century. I II

136 University Orchestra 1 Membership determined by tryouts. I II

1 3 7 Chamber Ensemble 0- .1 1 II Prerequisite : Consent of i nstructor.

1 38 Unil)ersity Rand 1 l\Icmbership determined by tryouts. I I I

1 4 1 , 142 String .• 1 , 1 Instrumental laboratory. hree hours per week. I, IT aly 1963-64

1 50 Piano 1-2 I 11 S

1 52 Organ 1 -2 The technique of organ pInyin!:>; and style throurrh preparatory exercises and works of classic: and contemporary composers. Prerequisi t e : Sati�· factory piano techniqup. I II

1 54 Voice 1-2 Voice production, placement, breath control, diction, i nterpretation, rep­ertoire. Simple oratorio and operatic arias and art songs. 1 I I

1 56 Violin, Viola 1 I II

157 Celio, Ba .• s 1 I II

1 60 Class Piano lor Mllsic Majors 1 On demand.

1 62 Cla .• s Organ lor MIl.sic Majors 1 On demand.

2 1 1 , 2 1 2 Theory 4, 4

Continuation of Musie 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 through altered chords, modulation, harmonic counterpoint in two, three and four parts. Prerequisite : Nlusic 1 12. T, II

221, 222 Hist.ory 1 , 1 Study of the periods and styles as exemplified in the works of the most important composer,. I, II

243 W oorlloimls 1 Instrumental laboratory. Three hours per week. I aly 1964-65

COl B I S Or:' 1 ."1 It r.TlO T

1 2 5

244 Bra.�s and Percussion 1 Instrumental laboratory. Three hours per week. II a/y 1964-65

3 1 1 Modal Counterpoint 2 Prerequisite : Musie 2 12. I a/y 1963-64

3 1 2 Tonal Counterpoint 2 Prerequ isi te : 'Iusic: 212. I I a/y 1 963-64

3 2 1 Music in the Renaissance .'J T a/y 106:1-64

322 M"s;c in the Baroque .1 I I a/y 1963-64

323 Histury 01 Opera 2

The development of opera from the early Baroque t i l l our time. The study of the music as wel l as production problems. S

340 Mr.sic in the Elementary Selmol 2

Techniques and p rocedures for the music program of the first six grades. The rate song, ch i ld voice, rhythm activities, and the like. Prerequisi te : Music 101 o r equivalent background music. I II

341 Choral Conducting 2

A- study of the technique of the baton and examples of score reading. Consent of i nstructor required. Three hours per week. I a/y 1963-64

342 I nstrumental Conducting 2

Baton techn ique, score reading, laboratory work in conducting i nstru­mental groups. Consent of instructor required. Three hours pcr week. I aly 1964-65

350 Piano (Allvanced) 1-2

Prerequisites : ( I ) All major and mi nor scales, hands together, two octaves. ( 2 ) Any prelude and fugue from the Well-Tempered Clavier by Bach. ( 3 ) A classica l sonata equivalent in difTiculty to Beethoven Op. 49, No. I or 2. ( 4 ) A romant ic composition equivalent i n difficulty to a Chopin Prelude or a Chopin Wal tz.

352 Organ (Advanced) 1-2 I I I

3 5 4 Voice (Advanced) 1-2

Te"hnical studies for fluency and range. Song literature to i nclude the reci lat ive and arias from oratorios and operas of Bach, Handel, Mozart, etc. French, Italian and German art songs ; student recital and radio arrJpearanees. I 1 1

360 Clas.� Piano lor Music Major .• 1 On demand.

362 Clas .• Organ lor Music Majors 1 On demand.

COl 'R r: ' OF 1 . TR CTI O;\" 1 2 7

4 1 1 Form 2

The nature of music and its application In smaller forms. Prerequisite : Music 212. I aly 1964·65

412 Form 2

The larger forms and form problems in contemporary music. Prerequi. site : Music 212. I aly 1964·65

4 1 5, 4 1 6 Orchestration 2, 2

A study of the ranges and characteristics of all the instruments of the band and orchestra. Arrangements for combinations, band and orchestra. Prerequisite : Music 212. I, II aly 1964·65

4 2 1 History of Church Music 2

I a/y 1 963·64

422 A.pplied Church MltSic 2

II a/y 1963·64

423 Classic and Romantic Music 3

I a/y 1 964·65

424 COli temporary Music 3

II a/y 1964-65

425 Major Conference 1-3

427 nach 2

The life and music of the composer and his importance i n Western culture. II aly 1 963·64

428 Musicology 1-.1

The methods and means of musical research and their application to selected topics in music history, l i terature, and theory. S

435 Opera Workshop 1-3

Stage production of operas. Prerequisite : Permission of instructor. I II

440f Music in the Secondary School 2

The p lace of music in adolescent development, the boy's changing voice, organizing and directing all phases of vocal and instrumental music ac· tivities in the junior and senior high school. I I

442 Methods o f Teaching Piano 1

Lectures, discussions, prescribed reading in methods of teaching piano. Required of piano majors. Open to others with suflicient preparation. Recommended for senior year. II

491 Composition 1 -.1

A student may register for this course for four semesters and earn a total of 1 2 semester hours. Prerequisite : Music 212 or consent of in· strnctor. On demand.

520 Graduate Semina,. 1 -.1

On demand.

1 2 8 Ol B ') " or

NURSINC

Mrs. Morken, Mrs. D. Nielsen, Miss Tollefson, Miss Ulleland, Miss Haddad, Mrs. W'orkman, Mrs. Yaley, Mrs. Burrell, Miss Fletcher

The requirements for the Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree are out· l i n ed un der the School of Nursing in the section, Academic Organization.

* 103 /ntro(luct;on to Nursing 2

A study of tbe qualifications of nursing, of the history of nursing, char­acteristics and attitudes essential i n professional nursing and abil i ties ha,ic' to n ursing car , communicatio n and observation ski l ls, am:! the role of the nurse in the health team. I

136 Frmdamentals of Nursing 9 An introduction to c l inical nursing witb empha,is on hasic. pr inc ip le, and ski l ls required in giving comprehensive nursing care, i n cluding basic nursing techn iques, normal nutrition, elemen tary phannaeology and conct'pts of community health. Laboratory experience inducli np; formal c lasses and ward eonfcrcnces. S

235, 236 Medical·SurMical Nursing 9, 9 A patient-centered study of various types of nursing problems common to medie,ul-surgieal p.!ltients enabling the student to analyze these prob­lems and to devclop an abi l i ty to make decisio ns abo u t the nursing care to he provided. Twelve hours' laboratory cxp�rience i ncluding ward conferences and five hours of class per week. T , II

335, 336 Maternal.(;hiJd Nursing 7, 7 A study of the es;;ential knowled/!e a n d understanding which wi l l enahle the student to p;ive com prehensive care o f a quality that makes c h i l d bearinA a n d child rcarinA as physically safe a n d emotionally satisfyinp; as possible. The emphasis is on the family-centered a pproach. Experi­ence includes observation and care of patients in hospital wards, clin ic� and related community agencies. Twelve hours' laboratory experience including ward conferenees and three hOllrs of class per week. I, II

40 1 , 402 Seminar 2, 2 A survey of the professional field and of professional responsibi l i ties including an introduction to the study of nun;ing research. I, Il

435 PS,.-c1I;alric Nursing 6 A study of major concepts of mental health and psychiatric nursing as it relates to the nurse in the total therapeutic milieu of psychiatric patient£. Guidance is given i n understanding personal needs und be­havior patterns of adjustment. Twenty-four hOllrs of cl in ica l laboratory experience and four hours of class in an eigh t-week block during one semester. I n

436 Public Heallh Nursing 8 A course designed to help the student learn new concepts and review material previously presented which are applieable to the experience

1 2 9

III the field o f public health. Provides the opportunity for the student to ap pl y nur,i n� �k i l l s i n a set tin� outside the hospi tal . I t shows the fam i ly and r:ommuni ty as i m port a n t unit" o f health prom otion and poi n t - o u t their i n fluence on i n dividual health. A � tudy of the a d m i n· istration, or�anization and service>; o f hoth vol untary and onicial a e n· eies on national, state and l ocal level is included. Twen ty·fou r hours of cl in ical l a horatory ex perience and six hours of class a week for an eight. week b lock durin� one "cmester. r n

475 Advanced Nllrsing 8 A course i dcnt ifyin� leadershi p pri nciples in nu rsi n�. Em phas i s is on organization of nur�ing earc, team nurs i ng, emergency a n d disa�t('r lll.rsing, and ward and personnel management. Fifteen hours of c l i n i cal la boratory experience and three hours of class per week for one semes· ter. I II

4·97, 498 'ndepemle", Study 1-8 Prerequisite : I'ermis�ion of the D i rector.

PHIL OPHY

iHr. Kucthe. Mr. Arbaugh

Major : 24 credit hours, i n cl u d i n g Ph i l osophy 201, ( o r :300 ) , 220, 301 , 302.

Course 201 or :lOO is to be regarded as an i n t roduction to all phi loso phy offeri ngs. Course 201 ( or :100 ) , or 301·302, or 3 1 2 will ,atisfy t he phi l osophy reo qu irement. Course 461 may be taken to meet the requirement on ly upon written permission from the c h a i rman of t he p h ilosophy department. Course, 201, :nz, and :lSI arc recommended for religion majors a n d for pre·semi nary students not majorin� i n philosophy.

20 1 I,,/rodlldion 10 PI,ilosoplJy 3

The m ea n i n g of phi lo�phy as the "exam.i ned l i fe." An i n t roduction to the logic of scientific method. study of the major terminology and types o f phi losophy. Open to freshmen who enter with honors. I I I

220 I_ogic J A n exami nation of t h e principles of argument and proof, i n c l u d i n g the fundamentals of trad it ional dcduGtive and in dud ive logie, and a u i n t ro· d " nion to modern sym bolic logic. Problems rel at ing to the a p pl ica ti on of logic are considered. I

300 Principles of Philmophy ,'I n advanced i ntroduG tory Gou rse. Not open to studenL "ho have taken

Philosophy 201 . 1 H

30 1 , 302 llistory 0/ Philosophy 3, 3

The first semester w i l l cover Greek, Roman a n d medieval p h i losophy ; the second semester, modern philosophy from Descartes to the present. I, TT

1 3 0 <.01 R. r.S OF I STn CTlO T

3 1 2 Ethic.� .1 The study of del iberative choice. Dialectical estimat e of the worth of hedonism, ethical naturalism, moral ri!lorism, and Christian ethics. I II

322 Social Ethic.� .1 A systematic study of the application of various ethical principles to a variety of social policies and relationshi ps. II a/y 1965·66

3 5 1 Philosophy 0/ Religion 3 The evidence for hclief in God ; the discussion between science and reo I igion. Valuable for science m ajors. I

4 1 5 Theory 0/ Value .1 A n exami nat ion of the nature of human values with special attention !liven to contemporary discussions concerning the subjective or objective, absolute or relative character of sllch values as the good and the right, the beautiful, and the holy. I aly 1 964·65

424 Kierkegaard 3 An i ntl'Oduction to the existential approach. II a/y 1 963·64

4 4 1 Nineteenth Century Philosophy 3 A study of significant thinkers of the nineteenth century, e.g., Hegel, Nietzsche, Marx, Kierkegaard, lVlill, James. II aly 1964·65

4·12 Contemporary Philosophy 3 Pierce, J ames, Dewey. S

451 Oriental Philosophy .1 A n historical introduction to the major philosophic systems of India, China, and .T apan. II aly 1 963·64

461 Theory 0/ Knowledge and Scientific Met/weI .1 A n introduction to the nature and prohlems o f human knowledge. In· cludes a study of the character and methods of science, and of classic historical and contemporary discussions concern ing human knowledge of God, the self, and the world. I all' 1 963·64

497, 498 Independent Study or Seminar 1-.1 [ II

PHYSICS

Mr. Jordahl, Mr. Adams

Physics deab with the fundamental principles which expla in natural phe· nomena. Therefore a study of physics is basic to all advanced work i n natural science. Pre·engineering and pre-medical students, as well as chemistry and mathematics majors, are required to have at least a year of college physics.

A major in physics fulfilling the requirements for the Bachelor of A rts degree shall consist of a minimum of 26 hours of physics incIudin!l courses 3 1 1 , 361, 362, 332 and 351 , supported by one year of inorganic. ehemistrl' and mathe· matics through COUIOC 202.

( I II J{ I�::i OF I STHUr.TJO 1 3 1

Candidates for the Bachelor of Arts i n Education degree who are p lanning a tcachinp; major i n Physics shou ld refer to page 60 u nder A C A D EMIC P R E PA R A TION.

The Bachelor of Science degree i n physics requires a min imum of 35 hours in physics induding courses :11 1 , :i12, :i61 , 362, :B2, 3.51, 461 , 462, and a m i n i ­mum of 60 hours i n t h e areas of science a n d mathematics and the fulfillment of all other "" 'I u i remcnt;; as stated for the hachelor's dep;ree. Not more than 40 hours of physics i n the major can be counted toward this dep;ree. German, French, or R ussian are recommended for the language requi rement.

Curriculum ill Phy.<ic8

Freshman Year liT.<. Chem 121 , 1 22 Inorga n ic

Chemistry and Oualitat i,-e A nalysis 8

Engl 1 0 1 , ] 02 Composit ion 6 ' Modern Lanp;uage 201 , 202 6 �l\fath 131 Collep;e Algebra 3 Math 200 A nalytic Geometry

and Calculus 4 Rei 1 0 1 L i fe of Jesus 2 Rei 112 History of the

Christian Church 2 PE activity 2

33

Junior Year II rs. Math :31 1 D ifferential Equations :i Math 312 A pplied Mathematics 3 Social science, ( upper divi;;ion ) 6

'Ph),s 36 1 , 362 Theoretical Physics 1 0

Phys 35] Electrical Measurements Lab ]

Electives ')

:12

Sophomore Year Hrs. A rt ] 1 0 Introduction to

Vi,mal A rts .3 l Iist 10:1, 104 H istory of

Civil izat ion or Hi;;t 203, 204 American History 6 Math 201 A nalyti c Geometry

and Calculus 3 Math 202 Analytic Geometry

and Calculus 3 Phy;; 261 , 262 General Physics 10

Rei 201 The B ible-Old Testament 2 ReI 202 The B i ble-New

Testa ment PE activity

Senior Year Literature <elective Phi losophy requirement I'hys 461 , 462 Advanced

I .aboratory Phys 3 1 1 Modern Physics Phy;; :i12 N uclear Physics Electives

2 2

31 Hrs.

3 :i

4 3 3

16

.32

'/I student who has completed two years of a modem language in high school m ay complete the foreign language requirement in that language during the freshman year. If the student elects a new langlwge the h istory requirement should be taken during the freshman year and the language course should be postponed to the sophomore and junior years.

'The exact sequence of physics courses in the junior and senior years will vary due to the fact that certain courses are offered in altemate years.

'/I student who has completed two years of algebra in high school should not enrull for this course.

1 3 2 ( :0 HS[' :-i or [ In ( l'J ( )

1 5 1 , 1 52 Es.�entials 0/ Plty.�ic.� 4 , 4

Introductory course which meets the science requ i remen t for t he Bach· elor of Arts degree and is recommended for pre-medical and pre-dt:ntal st uden ts. Not recommended for physics majors or engineer i ng students. First semester : mechanics, heat and sound ; second semeste r : e lectrici ty, magnetism, light and i n t roduct ion to modern phy�ics. Three lec tures and one 2-hou r lahoratory period pcr week. Prerequisite : ;\'lathematics 101 or equ ivalen t . r, 1J

261 262 G nem' Physics 5, 5

A CO\1['se designed to give a firm foundation in physical pri nc iples and the i r a pp l ication i n the �iO lul ion of p roblems_ First semester : mechanics, heat and soun d ; second semester : elect rici ty, magnetism , light :1I1d modern physics. i'rerequ isi te : Mathematics 1 3 1 and concurrent registra­t ion in Mathematics 200 and 201 . I, I I

3 1 1 Modern PhY,lics 3 A eour',,� covering important developments i n the field of physi cs "ince 1 890. The em phasi, is on atomic phenomena , but includes the subjects of natu ral raclioac: t iv i ty and an i n t roduuion to nuclear reactions. Pre­rcqui:; i tc : Physics 261, 262 or consent of instruetoJ'. I

3 1 2 Nuclear PI,ysic,� 3 . A cont inuat i o n of course 31 1 , dealing with nuclear particles, artificin.l nuclear disintegrat ions, nuclear bind i ng forces, etc:. Prerc'luisite : Physi cs 3 1 1 . I t

3 16 Ught 4, General principles of geometrical and physical opt ics and study of opt ical in"trunJent,. Three lecture-reci tation, and one a-hour lahoratory [":1' wr:ek. Prerequisite : Physics 26 l , 262, Mathematics 201. I I all' 1963-64

332 Ileal Laboratory 1 A lahoratory study of therm al processes and the thermal properties o f matter. "ropies covered w i l l include tempcrature measurement, me­chan ical equi val en t o f heat, calori m etry, heat transfer, change of state, a n d heat of combustion. Prerequisi te : COIl>;ent of instructor. IT aly

196.5-61i

342 Me harti s 4

A cou rse in cnginecring mechan il's dea l ing with static:s, dynamics and kinetics. Prerequisi t e : Physics 261, 262, Mathematics 202. I I

351 Electrical Mea,'uremenU Lal.oratory

This cou rse introduces the "tudent to the techniques and methods em­ployed in measu ring electrical and magnetic phenomena. Practical d.c. and a_c, circuit problems are encountered. Prerequ isi te : Consent of instructor. I

U ll H. r.. 3 3

3 6 1 Theoretical Phy"ic.� I 5

An i ntroduction to theoretical mechanics, thermodynamics, and kinet.ic theory of �ases. Includes the study of kinematics, dynamics, orbit theory, movin� coordinate systems, generalized coordinates, and an in ­troduction to the La�rangian and Hamiltoni a n formulation of me­chanics. Also an i nt roduction to thermodynamic systems, first and secone! law of thermodynam ics, thermal radiation, and ki netic theory of gases. Prerequisite: Physics 262, athematics 202. I aly 1964-65

362 Theoretical " hysics II 5

The fundamental concepts of statistical mechanics arc developed with applications. The theoretical hasis of electric and ma�nctic fields in a vacuum and material media is developed leadin� to !\Iaxwell\ equations. A l so a brief study of d.c. and a.c. circuit theory. P rerequisite : Physics ;-161 . IT aly 1964-65

382 Radi()i.�o£QPe Technology .1

The cou rse wi l l deal with the characteristics of nuclear radiations, de­tection and measurement methods and equipment, theory of nuclear disinte�rations, and application to problems in physies and chemistry. Two lectures and one th ree-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequi­sites : Physics 261, 262 and 311 ; Chemistry 121, 122 and r ... lathem aties 201. Il

456 Electronic .• 4 A study of the characteristics of vaeuum tubes and tra nsistors and their use in rect i fiers, ll mpl i ficrs and other electronic devices. Lectu res and laho ratory work. Prerequ isite : Physics 451 . n a/y 1964-65

4() ) , 4()2 AdiJanced I,aboratory I & " 2, 2

A n ex perimental approach to some of the lassical concepts of modern physics. The student is ex pected to do independent l i brary reseal'ch in preparation and analysis o f each ex periment. He will also be required to do a mi n imal amount of design and construction of app a ratus for certain ex periments. Prerequisi tes : Physics 3 1 1 and satisfac tory com­pletion of one of the lahorutory courses 316, 3.'l1, or 35l.

487, 488 Seminar 2

Prerequisi t e : consent of depa rtment heart

497, 498 Illliepefldel1t Stuciy 1-2

Prerequisi te : consent of chairman of the department.

POLITICAL SCIENCE

Mr. Farm er, Mr. Ri.5111ben, assisled by Mr. Bricker, Mr. Tudor

The study of political science trains the student for the exercise of his rights and duties as a citizen by giving him a hetter u ndersta nding o f our democratic pol i t ical processes and o f con fl i cting politica l systems.

1 3 4 Ol RSI: � OF l X� l'lHiCTlOl\

A major in politir.al science shall consist of a mInl lnum of 27 credit hours i ncludinl': Politi(:aI Science 101 (or 301 ) and 251 , 315, and 316.

Students majoring i n Pol itical Science must have their registration approved by the Chairman of the department each semester.

Candi dates for the Bachelor of A rts in Educat ion degree who are planning a teac:h ing major i n Political Science should refer to page 60 under ACA­

D El\I1C PREPA RATION.

Polit ical Sr.ience 101 (or 301 ) is the prerequi�ite for all other courses in the department.

101 Introduaion to Political Science 3

This coursf' deals with the scope and method and the vocabulary of polit ical seienC"e, political behavior, and governmental organization. It is also designed to i ntroduce the student to problems of political theory and to famil iarize him with the comparative method of studying po­l i t i cal in,t i tut ions. r II

25 1 American National Government .'1 A study of the America n national government i ncluding the federal constitution and the distribution of governmental powers_ Survey of structure and procedure o f national government with special attention to pract ical operation and conWmporary reforms. I

2 2 American St.ate Government . .'I

A comparative study of state government in the United States with special attention to the Pacific Northwest area. Prerequisite : Political Science 251. II aiy 1964-65

282 Comparative Government .'1 Comparison of contemporary governments as to political phi lo>ophy, const i tutional basis and governmental stru(;ture and procedure. II a/y 1 !J63-6'�

30 1 Prill"iple.� of Political Science .3

A n introductory course in political science designed to meet the needs of ju niors and seniors. Not open to freshmen, sophomores or to anyone who has received credit for Poli tical Science 101. r II

3 1 5 lli.�t(Jr)" of Political Thought . .'I

This (;Ollrse traces the development of thought concerning the nature and role of the state from ancient to modern times. I

3 1 6 Recent Political TllOllght .'1 A critical examination of the major polit ieal philosophies of the modern worl d : Socialistic doctrines, communism, fascism, anarchy, democracy. Contemporary problems. II

331 I n ternational Relation� .'I This i ntroductory course deals with the scope and methods, concepts, and the vocabulary of i n ternational relations. Survey o f the foreign

COl HSLS OF I STHllCTION 1 3 5

policy of the major world powers and contemporary international problems. I

332 International Organization .1

A study of the World Court, League of Nations, United Nations and its agencies, and other international organizations which attempt to deal effectively with the problems of the world community. Prerequisite : Political science 331. II aly 1964·65

334 International Law 3

The nature, historical development, and principles of international law. Prerequisite : Pol.itical Science 331. II aIY 1 963·64

35'� American Local Government .1

A comparative study of local government, urban and rural, i n the United States with special attention to the Pacific Northwest area. Pre· requisite : Political Scien(:e 251. II aly 1964·65

361 American Political Parties 3

Party history and organizations ; nominations and elections; campaigns and conventions ; electoral problems and administration ; bossism ill local politics ; pressure groups ; platforms. I aly 1964·65

362 Pu'!lic Finance .1

See Economics 362.

364 The Legislative Proces.< .'l A study of the theory, organization, and procedure of legislative bodies in the United States with spec ial attention to the contemporary Congress and Washi ngton state legislature. Prerequisite : Political Seiencc 251 or 361. II aly 1964·65.

434 Government and Business .1

See Econom ics 434.

457 Public Administration .1

The art and science of management applied to the affairs of state ; nature of human bebavior in organizations ; administrative law and quasi·judicial practices ; civil service ; budget and fiscal con trol ; cell· tral.ization ; coordination, integration in administrative areas. I alY 1963·64

471 English Constitutional History .1

See History 471.

474 American Constitutional History .1

See History 474.

483 Democratic Political Systems .1

A comparative analysis of governmental and political institutions of contemporary democracies other than tbe United States. I aly 1963·64

484 Soviet Political System 3

n analysis of the political .system of the Union of Soviet Socialist Re· publics with special attention to i deology, the role of the Commun ist Party, lhe nature of the constitution, administrative agencies, and na t ionality policy. n aly 196.3·64

497, 498 Independent Reading and Re.�earch 1.2 Prerequisite : consent of chai rman of departmp.nt. I n

597, 598 Graduat£ Research l-:l Indiv i dual research project for an M.A. cand idate with a mInor in political science. Prerequisite : Consent of department.

PSYCHOLOGY

Mr. Solberg, Mr. Aller, Mr. Eklund, Mr. Nielsen, Mr. rye ; as.li.,led by Mr. J. Hagen, Mr. Ramer, Mr. Schwartz, Mr. Maroney, Mr. Mees

The ohjectives of the department include promoting knowledge of the basic facts and principles of human experience and hehavior. with emphasis on the formation of a scientific attitude t<-ward behavior and an appreciation of the complexity of human personality. For advanced students an attempt is made to provi de a balanced prog'rarn of course offerings in hoth theoretical and a ppl ied psychology.

The career opportunities in psychology are numerous and varied. Although college teaching and research continue to attract the largest share of well trained psychologists, many are being em ployed by business and i ndustrial (lrl';anizations, public sehool systems, and federal, state and local I(overnment !Il(cnc ies. The greatest need is in the field of cli nical p�ychology.

One p lann inl( a career in any area i n psychology should expect to spend a minimum of one year in graduate school. IVlany of the best position;; require a Ph.D. degree involving three to five years of post·graduate train i ng. In prepa· ration for graduate work, students are advised to tuke supportinl( courses i n mathematic� physiology, ('hem istry, physics, phi losophy. a n d sociology. A read· inl'; knowledge of French and German should also be ur:qu i red.

Related vocations in which a psycho logy major is useful are : social work, the mil\istry, parish work, medicine, business adm inistration, and teaehing.

Requi rements for a major indude Psychology 101 , 210, 301 , and either 460 or 490, plus 12 add itional hours in the department. Psychology 101 is a pre· requisite to a ll !:ourses in the department except Psychology l lO.

1 0 1 General Psychology 3

A general course in psychology emphasizi ng the princi ples and basic facts which are essent ial to an und(,rstandi ng of human behavior. The main problems discussed are the physical basis for behavior, motivation, habits, learning. remembering, thi nk ing, emotion , intel ligence, persona l. ity and character. I I I

1 3 7

1 10 Study Skill., Techniques 2

A course desi gned to assist the student in developing more efl"ec�ive study technique", Emphasis is given to im proving reading rate and COOl· prehension, developing better sk il ls of coneentration, plan n ing efl"ective usage of t i me, taki ng adequate notes, and preparation of wTitten mao terial . Cla�s work is supplemented by individual counsel in g periods andlor sperial trai n i ng: i n reading skills. I II

240 Elem.entary Analysis .1

A n introduction to the language of research i nclu ding descript ive and i n ferential statistics and basil' ex perimental design. Some computation i s also i ncluded. IT

301 HlHnan. Development .1 See Education 301 .

320 Social Psychology 3

A study of the psyehological foundations of group l i fe. Analysis of social behavior. Effect of the i ndividual on the gToup and of the group on the individua l. Cuotom. fashion, war, p ublic opinion , etc., in the l ight of psychological principles. Prerequisi te : Sociology 101. I

321 The " .• ycilology of Adju ... tmelll 3

Tlie conroe deals pri marily with the methods used by normal people i n their ucljustment t o t h e ordinary a n d t h e serious dilliculties o f everyday l i fe. The follo wing topics are analyzed : motivation and drives, norma l adju;'tment patterns, adjustment by defense methanisrns, b y negativism, hy fear and re�ression, hy ail ments. Persona l i ty, psychoanalysis, and techniques o f mental hygiene are d iscussed. I

332 Industrial Psychology .3

A :; tudy of the appl 'cation and use of psychological theory, research method:.;, and ac<;umulated knowledge to a variety of in dustrial areas including personnel selection, t ra in ing, supervision, lahor problems, buman engi neering, and marketi ng. Prerequ isite : Psychology 240 or 441 or equivalent.

370 Principles 0/ Gllidan e 2 See Education 370.

390 Experimental Psyclwlogy 3

An introduction to experi mental design and hasic methodological prob· lems. Exp 'rimeu ts ranging from basic psychophysics, verbal and motor learning, th rourrh perceptual and decision processes ar c.ondu eted and reported by the student. One i ndividually designed experiment is also required. Prerequisit , : Psychology 101 , 240.

405 Adolescenl I'syclwlogy 2 An advanced course deal inf\ with physical development, mental traits, social characteristics and interests of adolescents. Adjustments in home,

1 3 8 nnt I.� or 1 . 'I H l'CTlON

school and community. Prerequisites : Psychology 101, 301 or 305 o r consent of the i nstructor. S

421 Almorrnal P.�yclwlogy .1

The appl ication of psychological facts and princi ples to the pro blems of mal adjusted personalit ies. Sym ptoms, causes, remedial procedu res for ahnormal states. I I

426 Psyd1010gy 0/ " ersoltality .1

Includes u historical su rvey of the approaches to the study o f person· ali ty, eurrent theories of the dynam ics and the development of per· sonality, research 0" the causes o f individual differences i n per!'onal.ity,

personality change and techniques of measuring personality. Prerequi· site : Psychology 301 and either Education 478 or Psychology 321 . 11

441 Stali,�tical Metlwds .1

Use and i n ter pretation of elementary statistical techniques ; graphic rep' resentation ; measures of eentral tendency ; im ple correlation analysis, a n d sumpling theo n'. II

450 P .• ychological Te.ding 2

A su rvey of the field of standardized tests. Tests i n the arcas of intell i ­g e n ce. aptitude, interest, and personal i ty are considered. The prOlwr use, the l imitations, and the interpretation of these tests are emphasized. I

4·51 Individual Mental Testing 2

An in ten;;ive study of the Stanford·Binet and the Weehsler·Bellevue intel l ip;ence scales. EnrolJ'ment l imited. Prerequisite : <:ansent of the i nstruC'tor. II

460 P.�ychology 0/ I,earning :1

A survey of ba ie eoncepts in learn ing: classical and i nstrumental con­dit ioning, reinforr.ement, motivation, extinction, punishment, general iza­t i o n , and secondary rein forcement, all studied in relation to theoretieal exp la natory points of view. Prerequisites: Psyeholop;y 1 0 1 , 240, or consent of instructor. I I

4 72 Occupational ' n/ormation 2

See Edueation 472.

473 Introduction to Counseling 2

A course desip;ned to acquaint the stu(lent with the various theot' ie ' and techniques of counseling. The course is meant to be a n i ntroduction to the field and no actual counseling will be done ; however, there will be o p porl11 nity for sim ulated interviews and some role playing i n connec­tion with the development of the theories and the techniques. I II S

474 I'rinciples 0/ Counseling 3

A course designed for pastors as an in troduction to the field of coun­seling ineluding theories and techn i q ues. Practical experience In coun­seling is emp hasized. Open only to ordained pastors.

477 Field Work 2

I I I

478 Menwl Health lor Teachers 2

See Education 478.

490 History 01 Psychology 3

1 3 9

Philosophical and experimental background of scientific psychology frolll i ts pre-Aristotel ian Greek origins through recent schools, emphasizing the development of classical concepts and approaches. Prereq uisites : 9 hours in pRych.ology or consent of instructor.

492 Seminar in Psychology 2

Designec\ for department majors and others interested in special Aelds of pRychology. Prerequisitc : consent of instruetor. II I II

497, 498, 499 Indepentlent Study 1·2

I I I

500 Advanced General Psychology :J An intensive survey of the field of psychology with particular emphasis on motivation, physiological, learning, perception, and thinking, all studied from the most recent critical perspective.

550 Practicllm in Grollp Testing 2

An application to a practical situation of the theories of group testing. The student is expected to develop and defend a good testing program for a particular organization. Some test administration and interpreta· tion is required. Prerequisite : Psychology 353. I n

553 Practicum in Illdividual Testing 2

Supervised practice in the administration and interpretation of indio vidual tests with particular emphasis on the Wechsler and Stanford· Bi net. Prerequisite : Psychology .353, 4.51 , or equivalent.

.560 P.,ychology 01 Learning .1

An ana lysis of the theories of learning and their applications. Pre· requisite : 9 hours of psychology.

573 l'racticum in Coullselillg 2

Supervised practice i n counseling. Prerequisite : Psychology 473 or consent of the chairman of the department.

RELIGION

Mr. Roe, Mr. Christopherson, Mr. Govig, Mr. Helgeson, Mr. Lee, Mr. Vigness

Pacific Lutheran University offers a curriculum designed to introduce the student to the primary sources of the Christian religion, its Bible, the history and teachings of Christianity through the centuries and their application to the problems of today. Students planning to continue beyond the basic COUTses

1 4 0 l ot I'S !. ' 01 r "TB LCI I O

requ ired for th" lirst two years should plan their program early wi th facul ty m embers of the depart ment. Prerequisites for courses 306, 331, 341 , 342, 431, 4:32, 440 arc courses 201, 202 or 301 , :302, or consent of the inSlrnc tor. Maj o r : 2 4 hours.

10) Life of }em" 2

A study of the L ife and teach ings of Jesus based on the Gospels and other writings. I IT

1 12 His'ory 01 ,he (;hri8.ian Cilltrch 2

The origin, thought and expansion of the Christian Church, the rise of the Papacy, the Reformations and the modern era. 1 II

2 0 1 The Bible--Olcl Testament 2

A study of the l i t rature, history and religious thoup;ht m the Ol d T�stamc:nt wri t i ngs. T IT

202 TIle Bible-Nell) Testament 2

:\ study of the l i teratnre, history and religion. thought in the lew Testament writings. I II

223 TI,e Church at Work 2

The orp;anization, procedures and practices of the Lutheran Church at the parish level, includi ng such areas as youth work, evangelism, stew· ardsh ip . I

224 l'arish Educa.ion 2

'fhp needs, materials and methods for Chri�tian i nstruction at varIOUS levels. n

301 Biblical Studies 2

Consideration of hasic B ibl ical motifs In the Old Testament. ot open to students who have taken 201. I I T

302 Biblical Studies 2 Consideration of basic Biblical motifs in the New Testament. Not open to >students who have taken 202. I IT

306 Metlwd.� in Bible Study 2

Relating the form of Scri p ture to its content. Unit, topical , and book studies i l lustrated and applied for the purpose of i m provi ng the stu· dunt' first·hand acquaintance with Scripture. 1I alY 1963·64

331 CompartJfive Religion 2 The l iving religions of the worl d : Judaism, Islam, Buddhism, Taoism, H induism, Confucianism, compared with Christianity. I aly 1964·65

332 The Life and Letters 01 Paul 2 A biographical study from the missionary viewpoi nt. The sources related to his time and environment. Leading concepts discussed in relation to present day application in church life. Survey of Pauline li terature. IT aly 1964·65

Ol H S I .. OF [ :'TRl rIO 1 4 1

341 American Churches 2

The beginni n!,s and doctrines of the maJOr denomi nations in America. I a/y 1 964-65

342 Contemporary Chri.Uianity 2

Mid-century challenges and trends in the Christian church with atten­tion to Christian social thought, communism, ecumenical movements, modern sects, the scientific world-view, and existentialism. IT aly 196:�-M

3 5 1 Philo.�ophy of Religion 3

ee Phi losophy 351.

366 The Reformati01l 3 Sec Hi:;tory 366.

401 Romans and Galatian.� 2

A study of the two most in fluential Pauline epistles for devotional and doctrinal r:ontent, i nclu di ng historical and modern-day application. I aly 1963-64

421 History of Church Music 2

Set!. Music 421.

422 Applied Church Music 2 See Music 422.

43 1 The Lldheran Confessions 2 Analysis and h istory of the hasic Ih ologieal documents of the Lutheran Church. I a/y 1 96:)-64

432 The CI.r;gtian Clas.sics 2

Readings i n the great Christian l i terature of all ages-devotions, biog­raphy, theology, poetry and hymn s ; lectures and discussions. LI alY 1 964-65

435 The Prophets 2

The role of the prophets in Old Testament h istory, their theology and revelance t o the Church today . I aly 1964-65

440 The Hook 0/ Revelation 2 The history of its interpretation, its structure and place in the 1 ew Testament. Lead ing eschatological concepts, millennialism, the return of Chri "t, rhe resurrection of the body, the Christian hope. II u/y 1 963-64

497, 498 1ndiflidual Study 1-2 Permission of the department is required.

1 4 2 ( Ol n E Of r '. TRUfTIO 1

SCIENCE (GENERAL)

Mr. Ostenson, Mr. Ellingson

A major i n general i;cience may be obtained by tak ing two years' work in either biology, chemistry, or physics and one year in each of two other �ciences ( hiology, chemistry, geology, or physics ) .

1 2 1 Introdllction to Biological Science 4

A l:mrvey course including a brief study of the plant ki ngdom and of the animal kingdom. Three l eetu res and one laboratory period pcr week. I II

1 2 2 Introdllction to Phy .• ical Scien(,es 4

A su rvey cou rse which eonsiders the physical laws of the universe by i n tegrating the sciences of astronomy. chemistry, geology, meteorology, oceanography, and p hysics to study the earth, its m aterials, processes, history, and environment. Three lctures and one laboratory period a week. I I I

1 3 6 Descriptive Astronomy 2

Topics covered include the moon, the solar system, coordinate systems for loca ting stel lar ohjects, characteristics of stars. S

SOCIOLOGY

Mr. Knorr, Mr. Mackey, Mr. Schiller, Mr. Thuesen

Sociology studi es the developmen t, organization and behavior of human groups. Its general purpose is to explain uniformities and p rocesses of human social behavior and the nature an d relationshi ps of i nstitutions ; to help the studen t to understand his own and other cu ltures ; to st imula te him to a cri tical and constructive attitude toward social changes ; and to fu rnish a sound basis for in tell igen t c i tizensh i p.

A major in the Departme nt of Sociology p rov ides the pro per background for activity in the following fields : ( 1 ) advance d research and teac hing in sociol­ogy ; ( 2 ) social work, welfare administration, nursing, community organization and commun ity plann ing ; ( 3 ) the preaching and teaching ministry, parish work and al l rel ated religious activi ties ; (4 ) the teach i ng of social studies ; ( 5 ) criminology, p robation work, correctional and other i nsti tutions, race relations, in ternational relationships, public admin istra t ion, law and gronp leaden;hip ; ( 6 ) all ot her areas deal ing in any way with plural rel ati onshi ps and �iluations.

The Departmen t of Soc iology holds membershi p in the Cou nc i l on Soci a l Work Education.

Major : 27 eredit hours, inc lud ing Soc io logy 101 , 202, 275, 4 12, 431 and 495.

Supporting courses in related areas will be planned w ith the maj or adviser to fill the specific needs of each stnden t.

Sociology 101 or 300 i s the prereqnisi te for all other courses in the depart· ment.

1 4 4 0 1 THUTI O

Candidates for the Bachelor of Arts in Education de/!:re who are pl arlTli nl!: a teachin� major i n Sociology should refer to page 62 , under ACADEMIC

PREPAR ATION,

101 InlroducliOrl 10 Sociolol;Y 3

An i nCju iry into the basic principles for un derstanding soc ial relation­ships. Th is course is designed 10 acquaint the stu dent with the funda­mental laws governing human rel ations- Problems of social stTucture, social p rocesses and social moti vation will be conf<idered. J n

1 32 Contemporary Marriage Pro"'ems .1 A pmctical exam ination of the basic probl ems i nvolved in contem porary courtsh i p and mn rria�e� 0 prerequisite.

202 ConlemporlTry Social Problems .1

Prohlems of deli nCjucncy, suicide, crime. population, unemployment, pll!. l ic relief, poverty. puhlic wel fare, men tal deficiency, and fa mily di,organ izat i o n will he among the ehief p roblem s und er consideration. 1 IT

275 Group f)yrram i(�,� .1 The fllhct ion of �ocial i n teraction and structure in the development and adapt ive hehav ior of the in divi dual ; and the effect of i n dividual d i ffer­ences and personality factors on grou p i nteraction. I

300 Prirrciples 0/ Sociology .'l n adv an ced i n troductory course stressi n� the major concepts and

fundamental l aws opera t ive i n all areas of social relationships. ot open to students who have taken 101. I TI

301 Social Leg;slalion 2

Historical and critical an alysis of �o('ial Iep;islation i n Eu rope and n1(�rica, with special emphasis lIpon the �ocial Ic�islat i on in the United

, tate: and in the State of Washi np:ton. S

308 Juvenile Delinqu.errcy 3 Fami l y an d c.ornmunity backp;rollnds ; treatmen t throll�h institutions, the j uvenile court and probation ; prop;rams of prevent i on . IT aly 1963-64

3 1 5 Public Opiniorr 2

1\ n analysis of puhlic opi nion and propap;anda from the poi n t of view of modern social science. S

320 Social PS'Yclwlogy 3 See Ps)' ('h olo�y ;{20,

321 Labor Problem.s 3 Sef! Econ om ics 321.

332 Modern Marriage 3

A practical i nquiry i nto the forces i n fluencing m odern courtship and marriage, with em phasis o n hum an experience rather than stati stical pr entations. ( Not open to studen ts who have had Sociology 1 32 ) , IT

341 Race Relation.s .1 It study of lIlterracial contacts and connict�, with emphasis upon A m er­ican racial prohlems. I all' 1 ()64-65

344 Cu.ltural Anthropology .'J

It study of the uni formi ties and variations in man's cultural develop­ment, with 'pc 'ial emphasis upon the value of this study for con tcmpo­rar)' society. I

355 Human E ology .'J

The factors and forces which determine the distribution of people and institutions in time and in space.

359 nurl)an Society .'1 Ori'a nization and activity of urban and rural society with specific refer­ence to the intei'ration of their basic cultural institutions in meeting the totul needs of society ; and the process of urban-ru m l interpenetra­tion . II all' 1964·65

360 Human ,'figratioll. ,1 The consideration of major quantitative and qualitative problems of population and population movements in con temporary society. I all' 196:�-64

406 Cri"minolo{!,y 3

The na ture of the social p ro blems of CI'ime, the criminal law and its administration, and the penal treatment of the criminal. II all' 1964-65

407 Educational Sociology 2

It systema tic view of sip;nificant sociological data and principles applica­hie to educational policies and practices. II

412 lfi.<tory of Social Thollght .'I

An evaluation of the forces causing sOGial change, with oome historical background for prCRent day social thought and t rends. II

43 1 The Family 3

The changing home : the study of the family and familial customs ; family interact ion and organization ; analysis and trea tment of family disorganization and reorganization. I

435 Field of Social IV ork .'J A survcy course of the principles and practices in the total field of social work, with a comprehensive picture of available services and future needs. I

440 Case IV or/, Tedllliqlle.� and Practice .'1

Classroom survey of basic processes and methods llsed in social work and participant observation of these processes and methods in agencies and inst itu tions in Tacoma. Permission of the department is required. II

4

441 Stati.uical Methods :J See Psychology 44l.

445 Social Control 3

r I TBl ( T 10

Analysis of the technictues and processes h which social changes in individual and collective act ion are effected. I aly 1964-65

450 Contemporary Social Institutions 3 The origins and developments of major American social inst i tutions and related institu tional patterns. 5

495 Seminar 1 2 Permission of the department required.

497, 498 Independent Study 1 3 Open to students majoring in sociology. Permission of the departmen t requ i red. J II

5 1 0 Graduate Research I, 3

Permi. �ion of the department is requi.red.

SPEECH

Mr. Karl, Mr. Dought}', Mr. Elberson, Mr. Nordholm, Mr. Steen, Mr. Utzinger

The requirements fo r the Bachelor of Fine Arts w ith a major in drama or sPf'cch are ou t l ined u nder t he School of Fine and ppl ied A rts in the sect ion , Academic O rganization.

Candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree may corn plet " major with 24 credit hours in speech arts, or 27 hours in drama, or 24 hours i n a com hination major.

Speech major : 24 credi t hours. Required courses : Speech 101, 250, and nine hOllrs chosen from 104, 220, 256, 270, or 301'1. All students majorinp; in the field wi l l participate ill some phase of dramatics and forensks.

Drama m aj o r : 27 credit hours. Required courst:S : Speech 101, 250, 256, 338 and 15 hours from t he following : p e c h 350, 352, 353, 356, 357, ,358, 38:3, 384. Selecti n of courses with the approval of the major adviser is dependent on student's interest in technical or perform ing drama.

Candidates for the Bachelor of A rts i n Educat ion degree who are planning a teaching . major i n Spee h sbould refer to page 62 under ACADE1UC PREPARATION.

Students with personal p roblems in speech therapy are urp;ed to contact the depart m nt for individual a ' istance with their speech difficulties. A l imited number can be serviced.

101 Frmdamentals 01 Speech 3 Foundation cou rse dealing witb basic. elements of the speeeh si tuations, inc lud ing the visihle and audible approaches. Some concentrat ion on content. Extensive platform work. r II

Tf t.T I 4 7

1 04 Fundamenwls of Speech S'rucrure .'J

Technique, composit ion and delivery of speeches for various occasions. Group and i ndividual projects. Major portion is platform work. Pre· requisite : Speech 101. I II

106 Busines .• ami Professional Speech 2

Platform t chniques, voice adjustment, speedl construction. A pplication made to practical speech situations for professions and businesses repre· sented in the class. Platform work predominates. IT

] 82 Foren .• ;es 1

One year competition in in tercollegiate forensics during the freshman year. n

206 Parliamentary Lmv 2

Study o f parliamentary law based upon Robert's Rules of Order. Prac· tical work domin ates. Designed primarily to aid those who do or will belong to organizations. IT

220 Logie .'1 ee Philosophy 220.

250 IlI IerpretaLive Reading 3

An i ntroduction to the art of in terpretative reading. Emphasis given to de,·doping logical and emotional responsiveness to literature. I II

256 Funclamellial .• of Acting 3 Train ing of the actor with emp hasis upon movement, emotional recall, and responding to imaginary stimuli. Lecture and performance. I

270 Radio and Televi,.ion Speaking .'J ;\[ iLrophone and camera techniques, and styles of delivery for radio and television programs. Extensive use of recording and television equip. nwn t. 1

282 Foremie .• 1 One year competition III intercollegiate forensics during the sophomore year. I I

308 Extempore Speaking .'l Platform work predominateE. Special emphasis given to the study of gatheri ng material, methods of preparation, and delivery. Prerequisite : Speech 104. I all' 1963·64

338 History of 'he Theatre .'1 A study of the development of the theatre from early Greece to Modern

merica. Atten tion also gi\·en to the an alysis of representative plays. I

350 Advanced Interpretative Reading 3 Special projects and class exercises directed toward program planning. Development of skill and communicativeness in reading aloud. Develop· ment of the art of making li terature live. Prerequisite : Speech 250. II

1 4 8 f Ol Il � 1 OF I ��THlJC1l() 1

352 Stage Scenery 3

The design and execution of scenery and costumes for stage produc.tions, includinf!; the train ing of staf!;e personnel . Open to speech majors or by permission of the department. II all' 1964-65

353 Stage I.ighting 3

Theory and practice of stage lighti ng and makeup _ Open to speech majors or by permission of the department . 11 all' 1 963-64

354 Costume and Make-Up 3

The d sign and the making of costumes for stage productions, and the theory a n d practice of makeup_ Open to speech m ajors or by perm ission of the depart.ment . I U all' 1964-65

356 Play Direction 3

Princi ples of p lay d i rection , theory, exercises and production of com­plete one-act play_ For speech majors or by permis ion of the depart­ment. II all' 1964-65

357 Engli_�h Drama 3

See English 357_

358 Modern Drama 3

See Enl!;Jjsh 358

370 Radio and Television Production .1

Direction and production of radio and television programs with exten­sive usc of radio, recordinf!;, and television equi pment_ Lecture and work­shop_ For speech majors or candi dates for the Bachelor of Fine A rts degr " by permission of the department_ IT a/y 1 964-65

382 Foreru;ics 1 One year eompet i t ion in i nter ollegiate forensics during the jun ior year_ n

383 Shakespeare 3

See English 383_

384 Shakespeare 3

See Engl ish :1H4_

430 Speech Patl1ology .1

A study of speech dilliculties, with emphasis on i denti fication and cause_ Li mited to speech majors or to other persons by permission of the de­partment_ !

434 J' oice Science 3

The physiological, anatomieal and physical basis of speech and hearing. Prerequisite : Speech 430_ II a/y 1964-65

440i Speech in tile Secondary SChODI 2

Curriculum construction, speech philosophy for the teaener. Co-curricu­lar activity_ Administration of drama, radio and forensic activities_ Offered on demand_

1 01 1/ Sf'S OJ

1 4 9

442 Speech lor tile Classroom Teacher 2

A survey of speech prob lems and o pportunities which confront the tea"her in the classroom. II

461 Children's Drama Workshop 4

The children's workshop wil l consist of four and one-hal f weeks of in­ten�ive work in chi ldren 's drama. A complete three-act play, or equiva­lent, wi l l he produced in that time. The studenr.s will be involved i n d i reeti on, stage ma nagement, l ighting, and all other phases of produc­t ion . S

462 S,immer Drama Workshop 5 The summer d rama workshop wil l consist of four and one-hal f weeks of intensive work i n drama. Acting, stage management , l ighting instruc­t ion , and all other phases of production. S

470 Summer Televisiorl Warks/lop 4

A p raetical and intensive study of the creative and production teeh­niques of television programing. This cou rse is designed for th mature student interested in the com mercial , educational, or religious use of te levision . It will feature extensive use of studio facil i t ies and equip ­ment and will require the d irection of various television programs. S.

474 Television and the Clas.�room Teaciler 2

482 F orensic.s 1 One year c:om petition in intercollegiate forensics during the senior year. n

497 Special S.udies in Speech 1

Individua l projects and special outside actiVItIes under the supervision of the depa rtment. Entrance upon a pp roval o f the department.

498 Special Stu.dies in Speech 2

Individual projects and special outside activities u nder the supervision of the depa rt ment. Entrance upon appro,'al of the department.

499 Special Studies i" Speech .1

In dividual projects and spe"ial outside act ivi t ies under the supervisi on of the department. Entrance upon approval of the department.

527 Researcla in Speech 1 Individual pl'Ojects and spec ial outside actIvItIes under the supervISIon of the department. Entrance upon approval of the department.

528 Research in Speech 2

Indi vidual projects and special outside act ivities under the supervision of the department, Entrance upon approval o f the departm"n t.

529 Research in Speecla 3 Individual projects and special outside activit ies under the supervision of the department. Entrance upon approval of the department.

The Register

BOARD OF REGENTS

Ex-officio Dr. H. L. Foss, 523 D xter Ave. N., Seattle. Wn. Dr. Robert Mortvedt, Paci fic Lutheran University

Term expire� 1 964

Rev. A rthur 1. Anderson, Rt. 6, Box 210. Olympia, Wn. Herman E. Anderson. 1 6 Forest Glen Lane S.W., acoma, Wn. Re . Olaf Anderson, 1857 Potter Sl. Eugen , Ore. Dr. A. G. Fjcllman, 1823 Terry Av .... . Seattle. Wn. Mrs. .J . L. Moi lien, 2 1 37 N .E. Schuyler, Portland , Ore. Dr. E. V. Stime, 12234 Evanston N., Se Ule, Wo.

Term e;rpire., 1965

Dr. Paul Bo ndo, 1 1723 Bi ngham Ave. E., Tacoma, Wn. Rev. Phil ip Engstrom, 1905 lndiana Ave., Pullman, Wn. Mrs. Milton esse, 2434 N. Lafayette St., Bremerton, Wn. Mr. Harold E. Nelson, 37 18 N. 35th , Tacoma, WIl. Dr. Eric Paulson, . 3712 Gandy, Spokane, Wn. Dr. S. C. Siefke5, 523 Dexter Ave. N., Seallle, Wn.

Term e.'{:pires 1966 r. Carl Bennett , 3 1 15 W. Canal Dr., Kennewick, Wn.

M r. Earl E"k t rom, 3608 2nd Ave. N .W., Seattle, Wn. Mr. Ei ner Knutzen, Burlington, Wn. Rev. L(}well Knutson, 1509 24th St., Everett, Wn. Mr. Ed A. Morken, Genesee, Idaho Mr. Alvin Randal l , 665 Winding Wa St. E., Salem. Ore. Mr. Robert trall on , Box 4-775, penard. Alaska Mr. Elmer J. Wh ite. 3332 43rd Ave. . E., cattle, Wn.

Unil1ersiC:r Auorne;r

Fred Henricksen, Security Building, Tacoma, Washington

CHURCH OFFrCIALS

American Lu il1eran Church

General

5 1

Represents A LC PLU

LeA Alumni ALC LeA ALe A L C

A Le LCA A LC LCA ALe: ALC

ALe ALe ALC Alumni A LC LeA ALe LeA

Dr. Frederik A. S.'hiotz, President, 422 . Fifth St., r"tinneapolis, j\·i inn. Dr. Norman A. Menter. Vice-President, 238:37 W. Seven-Mile Rd.,

Detroit, M ich. Dr. Wi lliam Larsen, Secretary, 422 S. Fi fth St., Min nea polis, Hnn.

1 5 2 Ti ll Hf.I ,1. TEn

North Pacific District

Dr. H. L. Foss, President, 523 Dexter Ave. N., Seattle 9, Wo. Dr. S. C. Siefkes, Administrative Assistant, 523 Dexter Ave. ., Seattle, Wn. Dr. L. V. Rieke, Church Council Representative, 5025 60th N.E.,

Seattle 5, Wn.

Board 0/ College Education

Mr. Leonard Haas, 12.� Roosevelt Ave., Eau Claire Wis. Mr. Harold Holm, 34-30 Stratford Ave., Racine, Wis. Mr. Paul Kauper, 1 702 Shadsford Rd., nn Arbor, Mich. Rev. narold B. Kildahl, 515 Walders St., Minot .D. Rev. Fred Landdeck, 2295 Gloryette, Santa Susana, Calif. Rev. A. Gordon Nasby, 6644 Oshkosh Ave., Chicago 31, 111. Rev. John N. Parbst, 3741 17th Ave. S., Minneapolis 7, Minn. Mr. Edward A. Sagebiel, Seguin. Texas Judge Hilbert Schauer, 331 Meeker St., Fort Morgan, Colo. Rev. Morris Wee, 333 E. Grant St., Mi,nneapolis 8, Minn. R . Emil F. Wendt, 201 Mesa, Grund Junction, Colo. Rev. Erl ing C. Wold, 6263 Carpenter Ave., North Hollywood, Calif.

Pacific Nortll west Synod, Lutheran Church in America

Dr. A. G. Fiellman, president, 1823 Terry Avenue, Seattle, Wn. Gordon J. Storaasli, assistant to the president, 1823 Terry Ave., Seattle, Wn.

The Pacific Northwest Synod of the Lutheran Church in America has accepted Pacific Lutheran University as one of the i nstitutions of higher edu­cation which it endorses and supports. The Synod has representation on the University's Roard of Regents, hut does not own the institution.

ADMINISTRATIVE AND OTHER OFFICERS 1963-64

President Robert A . L. Mortvedt

Academic Administration

Academic Vice-President __ .. _ . . . . _ .... _ Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences Dean of the College of Professional and Graduate Studies

Acting Di rector of the School of

Philip E. Hauge Erich C. Knorr Phi l ip E. Hauge

Business Administration __ _ _ _ _ . _______ Charles A. Peterson Director of the School of Education. . John Amend Di rector of the School of Fine and Applied Arts . _ _ Vernon A. Utzinger Director of the School of Nursing _ _ _ _ Eline Kraabel Morken Director of Graduate Stndies ___ . . .Theodore C. Sioding Dir ctor of Teacher Education . . . . ___ __ . . _.. . ... Anna Marn Nielsen

Registrar ..... ____ .. ______ .... _ . . . Linka K. Johnson Librarian _ _ _ _ . .... __ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .. _... . .. Frank H. Haley

B1Lstness Administration

Busine Manager Assistant Busine5S tanager

Plant M nager Manager of the Bookstore Director of Food Servic.e

Direetor of A thletics Development

Vice-President in Charge of Development Associate i n D velopment

Public Relations

Di rector Director of Admi sion. Director of Alumni Relations Director of Church R elations News Bureau Chier A dm issions Counselors

.'ltaden t Personnel Services

Dean of Stud nts As ist an t Dean of tudents ASS.istant to the Dean of Students Director of Testing, Veterans' Affai rs

1 5 3

A. Dean Buchanan Allen P. Lovejoy

William Campbell Carl G_ Faulk

Edith Dougherty H. Mark Salzman

C layton n. Peterson Clifford O. Olson

Milton 1.. Nesvig 1. E. Danielson

. Lawrence J. Hauge Roy E. IsDn

Richard D. Kunkle Sidney helver . .James VanBeek

Kristen 1l. Sol berg Margaret D. Wickstrom

Leighland Johnson Leslie O. Eklund

Gladys Bergum -Loui Rosenbladt, 'LD.

ursc Physician Hous mo thers

Housefather ..

Ma ria Bitschenuuer, Linda Dodgen , Frances Fitzpatrick, M rguerite Laugman, Marie Kraabel,

Maria Moe, A�es Shafland, Mrs. Calvin Wright J rry Dodgen, If Kraabel, S. M. :Vloe

Student Congregation

Pastor

FACUT�TY* - 1963-64

ROBERT A. L. WRTVEDT, 1962-President

John O. Larsp;aard

A.B., 51. Olaf College, 1924 ; A.M., Ph_D. , Harvard U niversity, 1 930, 1 934 ; LL.D., Pacific Lutheran U ni versity, Augustana Col lege, 1961 ; Lilt. D., Wap;n er College, 1962.

GEORGE E. ADA MS, 1963-Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.S., Un i te d States l\lliJjtary Academy, 1934 ; M.S., Purdue Un iversi ty, 1960.

HARRY S. ADAMS, 1 947·5 1, 1962-Associate Professor of Physics B.S., M.S., Kansas State University, 1 945, 1947 i Ph.D., Uni ersity of Minne­sota, 1962.

* Date her name indicates beginning of the term or service.

5 4

ELVI MARTIN A KRE, 1937· Associate Professor of History B.A., Concordia College, 1928 ; M.A., University of Washing ton, 1941 ; fur­ther graduate study, Univer ity of Washington, University of 0. 10, University of Oxford.

WAYNE K. ALLER, 1962· Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A., orthwest Nazarene Col lege, 1955 ; M.S., University of Washington, 1 960 ; Doctoral cand idate. University of Washington .

.10 1 :-( IE D, 1960-Professor of Education, Director of the School of Education B.A., Ccntral Washington College of Education, 1 936 ; M . . , University of Wa�hington , 1 952 ; Ed.D., ew York U nivcrsity, 1961 .

C H A R L ES DEA AN DERSON, 19 9-Profc.ssor of Chemistry B.A., St. Olaf College, 1952 ; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard Un iversi ty, 1954, 1959.

GEORGE EVANS A R B AUGH, 1959-Associate Professor of Philosophy B.A., Augustana College, 1 955 : M.A., Ph.D., State University of Iowa, 1 958, 1959.

DEE AN AR KO, 1963-I"stru.ctor in lIealth and Ph.ysical Edawtiolt B.A., Paci fic Lutheran nivcr. ity, 1962.

G ACE ELEANOR BLOMQUI T, 1939-A.<sociate Professor of English B.A., Concordia College, 1 9.14 : M.A., Syracuse Universi ty, 1939 ; further grad­uate ·tudy, Uni versi ty of Min nesota, Goethe University .

.r E SATHER BROECKEL 1960-("stru.ctor in Education B.A., E<1., M.A., Pac ific Lutheran University, 1 957, 1961 .

PRUDE CE BU RR ELL, 1 96:1-Instructor in Nursing B.S., University of M innesota , 1952.

ROY E . . A RLSON, 1 962-Assi.stnll t Professor of Ph.ysical Education, Coach of Football and Baseball B . . , Uni v r�ity of Washi ngton, 1948 ; M.S., Washington State University, 1 962.

V E Ri'lON C. CARLSON, 1 955-Associate Professor of Educalion an.d English B.A., Willcnberg Collegc, 1 928 ; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University, 1947.

P. LOUIS KAI CHRISTE S E N, 1 959-Anociate Professor of Music B.A., M .A., Ph.D., University of Washington, 1 954, 1 956, 1961.

* K NETH EUGENE G IRl TOPHERSO , 1958-As.,;,tant PrlJ {css {)( of R eli{iion B.A" up:ust�nu Co(lel':e, 1946 : B.Th., Luther Theological Sem inary , 1%0 ; p:radnutc st u d y . Un iversity of Oslo, University of 1innesot.a.

'On leave, 1 <J1i:l-M JUDD . DO CHTY, 1962-

Instru.etor in Spcer-h (Ind AS$;stant in Radio and Television B.A., Paci fic Lutheran U niven;ity, 1955 ; M.A. to he con ferred, Pacific Lu­theran nivcr,i ty, l 964.

HA R O LD F. EH H ET, 1963-[ n stmewr in Mathematics B.A. , M.A., Montana State University, 19.51 , 195:3.

L L J . I E O L I E H E K I . N O , F)46-A .,sis/ant Profcs.,or of P.,ych O!OfiY, Diree /or of Testing, Vetaans' ADairs,

'follsing B.S .. 'I .A.. n iversity of ehraska, 1 942, 1944.

ST l LEY [) ENTO� El.RERSON, 195:1-.57, 1960-Assi.�/([lIt Professor uf .. /ieeeh,

B . A . , B . F:d. , l 'aci fic Lu! hcran University, 1 95 1 , 195.1 : M.A., Un ivers i ty of tah, 1 %2.

J A CK NT'GN HUN ,. O . , Flli:l· I n structur in G eology and ,eneral Science B.S. , 'M.S., B.A., B.A.Ed., U n i ler"i ty of Washington, 1 958, 1959, 1 96 1 .

G EORGE ROB E HT ELWELL, 1959-

Assis((lllt Professur of Art B . A ., You np:stown Univ'Crsit)', 19't9 : M.A., New York Un i versit y, 1 955.

DONAL[) R YNiOND FA R M ER, 1955-

Pmfessor uf Political Science

B.S. Ed., Ph.D., U n i versity of iloI inneoota, 1944, 1954·.

iv!. JOSE P H T E FLETC l I E H , 1 96.0,-

11I.,tructor ill Nursin"

B.S.N., North Park College, 1960 ; M.S., DePaul University, 1963.

H. B Y A H D FR ITTS, 1 949-

Associate Professor of M u,sie 13.\1., W i tten berg College, 194R ; M.Mus., A.Mus.D., Eastman School of Music, U n i versi ty of H ochester, 194.9, 1 958.

EA R L B. G E R I I E I M , 1 962-

Prufessor of Uiologr

B . A . , M.S., University of New l'Vlcxico, 194 1 , 1 947 ; Ph.D., University of North Carol ina , 194<).

WILLI A M P. G l DDI NGS, 1 962-Assistant Professor of Ch emistry

B.A., DePauw University, 1%4 ; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University, 1956, 1%9.

1 5 6 TI l l' H H , I STrH

GORDON OLIVER GILBERTSON, 1954-Associate Professor 0/ Music B.A., Concordia College, 1937 ; M.M., Northwestern University, 1942 ; further graduate study, University of Colorado, University of Washington.

STEWART D. GOVIG, 1958-60, 1961 Assistant Professor 0/ Religion B .A ., St. Olaf College, 1948 ; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1952 ; M .Th., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1954 ; further graduate study, Uni­versity of Oslo.

R GER K. GUILFORD, 1962-Ins tructor in Biology B.S., l'vLEd., University of California, 1952, 1957 ; M.S., Oregon State Univer­si ty, 1962.

M ARIE HADDAD, 1963-II 'sistant Professor 0/ Nursing E.S.N., St. Louis University, 1952 ; M.N., University of Washington, 1 958.

ARNOLD JASPER H AGEN, 1 955-A sociate Professor 0/ Education B. A., Concordia Colleo-e, 1931 ; M.Ed., University o f Montana, 194 1 ; D.Ed., Univer�ity of Oregon, 1955.

PHILIP ENOCH HAUGE, '1920-Professor 0/ Education, Dean of the University B.A., St. Olaf College, 1920 ; M .A., Ph.D., niversity of Washington, 1924, 1 42 ; LL.D., Pacific Lutheran University, 1960.

JOB REIBROK HELGESON, 1963· Instructor in Religion B.A ., Concordia College, 1950 ; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1954 ; further graduate study, niversity of Edinburgh.

MA RTHA S. mLBERT, 1959-61 , 1962· Instructor in Business Administration B.S. , Missitisippi State College for Women, 1943 ; graduate study, Pacific Lutheran University.

MARTIN E. Hll.LGER, 1 962-Assistant Professor 0/ English

.A., Valparaiso University, 1948 ; M.A ., orthwestern University, 1949 ; Ph.D., Indiana University, 1959.

LAURENCE D. H UESTIS, 1961-Assistant Professor of Chemistry

B . . , Ph.D., University of California, 1956, 1960.

LUClT,LE MA RGUERITE JOH SON, 1953· Associate Professor 0/ English

B.A., oncordia College, 1940 ; tA., Washington State University, 1943 ; further graduate study, University of Colorado, University of Washington, University of Oslo, Montana State University.

OLAF \-rELVI JORDAHL, 1940-Professor of Physics

Ti l l H I r . l TI H 1 5 7

A_B., Luther College, 1925 ; M.s., University of Pittsburgh, 1927 ; Ph_D., University of Wisconsin, 1933_

THEODORE OSCAR H EN RY KARL, 1940-42, 1948-Professor of Speech B.A., M.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1934, 1936 ; further graduate study, University of Southern CaLifornia, Stanford U niversity.

GUNDAR JULI A N KING, 1960-Assistant Professor of Business A dministmtion B.B.1\., U niversity uf Oregon, 1956 ; 1"'1 .B.A., Ph.D., Stanford University, 1958, 1963.

LARS EVERETT KITTLESON, 1956-Assistllllt Professor of A rt fl.S., University of Wisconsin in Milwaukee, 1950 ; M.S., Univer!iily of Wis­consi n, 1%1 ; M.F.A., niversi ty of Southern California, ] 955.

R AYl\IOND A. KLOPSCH, 1953-Associate Professor of English B. ., I l Linuis Institute of Technology, ] 949 ; 1\-I.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1 950, ]962_

CALVIN II. KNA PP, 1960-I nstructor in "1 usic B.S., M.S., lui l liard School of Music, 1949, 1950 ; graduate study, Columbia

n iversity, Paci fic Lutheran University, University of Puget Sou nd.

ERICH C A RL K ' O R R , 1949-Professor of Sociology, Dean of the College of A rts and Sciences Graduate, St. Pau l Luther College, 1921 ; Cando Theo! ', SI. Paul Luther Sem­inal"Y, 1924 ; Il.A_, M.A., Washington State University, 1929, 1930 ; Ph.D., University of Wa.ohi ngton, 194·6.

l E NS W E R i ER KN DSEN, Il)S7-Associate Professor of Biology B . A., Pacilic Lutheran University, 1952 ; 1.5., Ph.D., University of Southern C:d i forn i a, 1954, 1 957.

A. E ELISE K DSON , 1946-Associate Professor of Engli.�h B.A., A ugustuna College. 1928 ; M . . , Washington State University 1 9:16 ; further graduate study, University of Washington, Washington State Univer­sity, U niversity of California, University of London_

R I . 1 1 RD JAMES KOPPITCH , 1961-Assistant Protes 'or 0/ French B.A., M.A. ( English ) , 1..A. ( French ) , University of M.ichigan, 1945, 1 947, 1949 ; further graduate $tudy, University of M ichigan .

J OH GEORGE KU ETHE, 1954-Associate Professor of Philosophy A.B., Capital Uni versity, 1 940 ; B.D. , Evangelical Lutheran Theological Sem­inary, 1943 ; S.T_M., Th.D., Union Theological Semi nary, 1947, 1963.

K! T TE WTLLIAM DAV I D LEE, 1961-Associate Professor of Religioll !lA., Luther Coile e, 19:\7 ; C.T., Lu ther Theological Sem i nary, 19;IS ; Ed.D. ,

Colllmbia niv rsity, 1 959.

H A ROL D J . LE R A AS, 1935A2, 1947-Professor 0/ Biology ." . B . , Lllther C:oilep;e, 1930 ; L ., Ph.D., D.D.S., Un iversity of Michigan, 1932, 1 9:15, 1946.

*OTT IL I E ELISE LITTLE. 1946-5 1 , 1 952-Pro lessor 01 German A .li_ . U n iversity of I llinois, 1 923 ; M.A ., U n iversi ty of Wushin!;ton, 1926 : Ph.D .. Hanseatic : U n iversity, Hamhurg, Germany, 1937.

·On leave, 1963-6'1

G E e R OLL LU NDG A RD. 1958-Illstruetor ill Physical Education, Coach of Basketball B.A., Ed., Paeific Lutheran University. 1951 , graduate study, Pacific Lutheran

nivcrsi ty. ni versi ty of Washington_

HA ROLD FRA 'K i\IACKEY, 1963-Assistan t Professor of :ioeiolog), A.fl., I-lope College, 1 943 ; B.D., Garrett Biblical Insti tute, 1946 ; further graduate study, Washinp;ton State U niversity.

G N AR .JOBA ' ES MAbM 1 , 1 937-Professor 0/ Latin and NOrllie'nan, Director oj the Choir

R.A., Lu ther College, 192.1 ; R.M., St. Olaf College, 1 925 ; M.Mus., U n iversity of \'l ichigan, 1940 ; fmther p;radllate study, ni versi ty of Southern California,

niver,it)' of Oslo.

J OH N A. MA RTILLA, 1963-A cting instrnctur in Bu.,in css Administration B.B. A ., Pacif ic Lutheran U n iversi ty, 1963.

E1. E K R AABEL MORKE , 1953-Assistant Professor of Nursing, Director of the School of Nursin g R.A., St. Olaf College, 1928 ; R" ., Emanuel Hospital School of l\'u rsing, 19:n ; M .N., Uni versity of Washington, 1962 .

A Ll C E J Al'I'IES N P.J US, 1963-Instructor in Education B_A., Universi t _ of Washington, 1956.

FltEDERICK L A U RENCE N EWNHAM, 1 950-Associate Professor of Music Graduate, Royal Academy of Music, London, 1925 ; Teacher's Train ing Certif­icate, U niversity 01 London, 1925 ; Associate, Royal College of Music, Lon­don, 1 928 ; Licentiate, Associate, Fellow, Royal Academy of :\1usic, London, 1929, 1934, 1962 . .

A NA MA R N I ELSEN, 1939-Professor of Education, Director of Teacher Education B.A., Iowa State Teachers College, 1 929 ; M.A_, Columbia University, 1935 ; further graduate study, University of Washington.

D LE F. NIELSE , 1 962-lll s l rw:lor in Psych ology

fil l 5 9

B.A . . Pac i fic Lut heran Un iversi ty, 1959 ; M.A., Montana State University, 1 rJ 12.

DOl N \rAE NTF.LSEN, 1 962-lnslflu:lur in I\�ursing B.S., ;\lontana State CoLlege, 1959 : �raduate study, Montana State Col lege.

E rnC ORDHOLl\!' , 1955-A.'sistonl Professor of Speech B .F_A., Art Institute of Chicago, 1951 ; graduate study, I n d iana University.

PIIl l .TP A. ORDQ 1ST, 1 963-A s;"trl11 t Pro/e.'sor of llistory B.A_, Paci fic: Lutheran University, 1956 ; i.A_, University of Washington, 1 963.

ROFlERT c. \ RL OL E , 1 947-Pro /e.<., ,,r 0/ ChemislfT n.s . . Ph.D. , ;\ l i ( 'h igan S t a t e

H O I1 TOI'i Tl IOi\ IAS OSTEI Pr,,/cssor 0/ Biu/u[!,y

ni\'cn;ity 193 1 , 1 931i.

0 :-1 , 1 947-

B . A . , L n l h"" C o l klI(', 1 9:>:2 : :\1.5. Ph.D., University o f M i c h igan, 10.,)4, 1947. DOROT H Y "10\ T1 I ER I E PA. Y E, 1959-

Instru ctor ill Music B_!\I I IS. , Eastman School of Music, University o f Rochester, 1051i ; graduate study, Eastman School of Music, Vienna Music: Academy_

RNE KEN ETH PEDERSO , 1956-Ass;stont Professor of Edu.cotion RA_Ed_, REd., M.A_, Pacific Lutheran University, 1949, 1953, 1956 ; fu rther �raduate study, U niversity of Washington.

crr RLES A RT l I U R PETERSON, 1959-Associate Professor of Business Administration B.S_, Kansas State Teachers College. 1951 ' M.S., Univenity of Tennessee, 1952 ; further graduate st u dy, Universi ty of M i n nesota.

ROBERT EUGENE PIERSO • 1959-Associate Professor of Economics B . A. , SI. Olaf College, 1952 ; M.A., Northwestern U n iversity, 1 954 ; further graduate study, N orthwestern University_

/".s tIlletor in German B_A_. Lewis & Clark Colle"e, 1 958 ; M.A., University of Washington, 1 962_

I I F:R BERT R O B EnT R ANSON, 1940-Professor of English B. _, M_A., Universi ty of Kansas, 1924, 1926 ; Ph.D_, University of Washing­ton, 1936.

I t 1 '"

P 1 , MATTHEW REle. T A D, 1 947·48, 1958· Associate Professor of English B.A. St. Olaf Col lege, 1943 ; JV!.A ., Ph.D. , U n i ver, it y of New "fc"ieo, 1 9S6, 1 958.

K A RL PHILIP R ElTZ, 1 96,1-In,,truetor in Mathematics B.S., Pacific Lutheran n i versi ty, 1 961 : tA., Un iver�ity o f Oregon , 1 96,1.

D N A LD L. R "YNOLD • J R., 1 96 1 -I Tls/mUor i n English B . A ., Wash i n�ton State Un iversity, 1 9.5 1 ; ';'II. A. , Un iversit y of Washington, 1 959.

PETEll JOHN R I TUBEN, 1 960-Assistan t Professor of flist,nry and Polilical Science B.A., Concordia Co llege, 1955 ; M.A., Univen;ity of SOllth Dakota, 1 957 : Ph.D. to be conferred. ni\'ersi ty of Oklahoma, 1064.

K E L f ER NELSO ROE, 1 947-A.t'ocillte Projessor of Religion, Greek B.A. , Lu ther Colle�e, 1925 ; B.Th., Luther Theological S(,m i nary, 1 928 : 1\1.1'11. , Pri ncet o n Theological cminary, 1929.,

. EOR GE RO KOS, 1 950-A s.<ocialr Professor of Art •

B.S. Art Ed., Youngstown Col lege, 1 9'10 ; M.A., Iowa U n i \'ers i l y, 1 9.50.

H . . ,l A n K SALZMAN, 1 9S 1 -Assistant Professor of Physical Education, A thletic Director, (oach o j Truck B . . , ra rthage ColIC'ge , 1 947 : M . A ., Uni\'er,ity of Iowa, 1 95 1 .

*JOnA� S UGUST SCHlLLER, 19.-H-Assistan t Professor of Sociology B.A., Capita l U niV!,rsi ty, 1945 ; Can d o Theol., Evangelical I .utheran Theolag· ica1 Sem i nury, 1 947 ; M.A., Univrrs i t y of Kansas, 1959 : fl lrt lH'r I! rac i UlllC study. U n ivers i ty of Washi ngton.

*On leave. 1963-64

WALTER CHARLES SGI TACK ENBERG, 1 942-44, 1952-

Professor of History

B.A., St. Olaf College, 1 9:N ; M.A., Gonzaga U n iversi ty, 1947 : Ph. D., Wash· ington State U niversity, 19.')0.

THEOD O R E CA ROL SJOO1! G, 1 95 1 -Professor o f Education , Director o f Graduate Studies

B.A., University of Saskatchewan, 1933 ; M. ., Ph.D., Un iversi ty of M i n ne·

sota, 1944, 1 % 1 . K IUSTEN B. SOLBERG, 1953-

Professor of Psychology, Dean of Sllldents B.A., A ugustana Co llege, 1042 ; Ed.M., University of South Dakota, 1%0 : Ed. D., University of Wyom ing, 1953.

C \ H L . D . Sf> NGLER, 1 96 1-62, 1 96:1-Instm cl{/( in . 'pan ish {llul French.

I ! l F B I( , I 1' 1 h 1

A . B. , Grove C i t . College, 1 958 : ,\LA., Penns}'!' iln i a 'tate University, 1 959 ; further g ra d u a t e study, Pennsylvania tate n i ve!'.,ity.

PA [ )L J O E TEEN, 1 <)60· A s.lislan t Professor oj • pe('ch B. A ., Pac i f ic LutlH'ran U n i versity, 1954 ; M . . , S)'r<ltll se U n iversi ty , 1 057.

LY N N S. ST E I N , [ Vo l -Associa l e Professor o f Education B . A . • North Dakota Stote Teachers Col lege, 1 9:37 ; M.A., Montana State Uni· versi ty , 1 %2 : Ed. D., Mon t a na State Col lege, 1 96 1 .

T I T EODOR . I 0 H N ES TTlUF. F. , 1 963-

Instractor in Soci(Jlogy B. A . , t\1I�lIstana Col Je�(', l I I ino is, 1 949 ; 1.1\ ., State nivcrsity of Iowa, 1 955 : C.Th., Grand View Sem i nary, 1 %6 ; further graduate "tlldy. Univp.rsity o f Orep:on.

nOI OTI l Y f J LD R ED TOI.I .EF ON, 1 96 1 -/tliisislllllt Professor o f 1\ llrsill� 11._ . in :'f., \LEd., Uni,, 'rsity of :\-Ji nnesota, 1 956, 1 959.

V El .\'I ONT \I. TYE, 1962· As.')o(';afl' jJrole:.; .... O ( 0/ Psychology find Education B . A ., Phi l l ips {J l l i vers i t y, 1 <)39 : M.A. , n i versi t), of M issou r i , 1 945 : Ph.D" Ohio State n ive"" i t ),, 1 95.5.

J A � ET M. U L L E I . A 'I D , 1 <)fi2-Instru(,tor ill tu rsin;,r B.S., Pa( · i l i" Luthe nl n U n ivprsi ty, 1 %9 ; :vr .S. , U n iver,i t y o f Ore�o n , 1 %:1.

\l E n NON A LFRED llTZI i\'( : E H . 1 9S()·.s:I, 1 % 7· Projessor uj -'Iicec" , LJircc(or of the School oj Fin e (Jnd Applied A rt) B . A ., or th Cent ra l Cul lc�c, 1 922 : M.A. , :'IIort l1\vest�rn U n iv('r,i t)', 1 <)2<) : Ph .D., n i \'cr� i ty of Sout lwrn C a i i fol' l l ia, 1 952.

1 '/\ L C. V I G ;-.J ESS, 1 956-A s,<ociu t e Prujessur (If I� di;;ion line! His/ury B . A . , 51. O l a f Co l l q:�e, 1 9 1B ; �-r .A . , Ph. D., Stanford U n i versity, 1924, 1 ');10.

IW B ERT B. W E B E I{, 1 96 1 · Instructor h,. German B.A., \Va�ncr C() l I ('�e, 1 954 : M . . , 'cw York U n iver,ity, J 95/i : further grad­uate study, BOlin U n iversi t y , Frankf(l l't ni versity, \Vllrzhurp: n iven;it\'.

�IAHGARET D. W l r "K TROi\l, 195 1 · A s.listant Projes."" o j Religion. ;/.�sis({ln{. Dean 0/ Stur/ents A.B., Augustana Col lege, 1937 ; M.R.E., The fl ib l ical eminary of New York, 1951.

EUCE! / 1\ WOH K\IJ\ N , 1963· Assistant Projcssor oj 'lI r,li/!{; A.B . , Evansv i l l e C() I l e�e, 1 <):12 ; i\LN., University of Wash ington, 1962.

6 2 " REt . 1 . rfo:R

.It\ 81' Y . LEY, 1 96:3· Assistan t Projessor of Nursing B.A., S a n Francisco State College, 1 949 ; M.l . Un iversity of California, 1961 .

rU-! D HOKE T D YOU G, 1938-42, 1943-Assistlln t Professor 0/ Physical Education Graduat e, P,,

;: i fi c Lu'ther�n Univers i ty, 1 9,iS ; B.A., M.S., University o f Wash­

i n/!tOT1 , 1 937, 1 956. 'DW I(;HT .r DSON Z L F, 1%9-5:\ 1959-

Associate Professor 0/ Bl.lsin es.I A dm in i.ltrlll.ion B. '., Un iversi ty of Oregon , 1 948 ; LS., Columhia University, 1 9·19 : fu rther �raduate study, Un iw,r"ity of Washington, n iver"ity of Orep:on, University of i\:[illnt-�:-;()t<:l.

"On kaye. 1 96.1-64

As"jslanls, Associate and Leclu rers

_ U O H E Y B ETTS B. " Pa( ' i fic J .nr.hr.ran Un ivers.i ty . As.sistant i n :'vi usic.

R . TED B OTT l (; E ll

B.A. , U n i vr.l· .s i l y of I'uO'et SOIInd, 1 956 ; LL.B. , Un i"en, i t y of Wash i ngton. ss ist a n t i n flusi n c;-.s A d rn i n i ::i tra t i on.

J . All 'OLD H R H-:KER B.,\ . , Paci fic Lu t hera n llniversi ty , 1 956 ; M . P. A., Un in,r�i ty o f Wash i ngton. J\ ';"istant in Pol i t i cal c ielH.:c.

I f . C I , ·\ W I B. A., Brigham Young University, 1 %3 ; i\LB.A., Harvard. Assistant In Busi· ne.'::$ dm i ni�trat ion .

ARTHUR L. D N I EL

B.A., Washingto n State Univers.ity. Assistant in Education.

C A T H ERI E ELLIOTT

n iversity of Washi n gton, Centra l Wash i n g ton State Col lege. i\" istal ! t I I ! \ 1 u,i c .

S Y D ' U;Y ' N GESE,], Fl.r. " M.r . . , niversity of W ash ingto n. Assistant ill A tt.

J A :\r ES E. GT LLA NDE RS B. A., n iven;ity of Wa:hington ; M.B.A ., Harvard. A ssistant Itl Business Admin istration.

H. D VIO GR C E B . s . • Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute ; :\1.B.A., niversity of Ci ncinnati . As­sistant in Busin s" Administration.

H R LD F. ,R Y B.A. , 1 neilie Lu theran University ; H.Ed., M.A., Universi ty of Puget Sound. A sistan t i ll Education.

J A I\ I E M. l T A EN B.A., St. O l af College ; M.A., Ph.D., Wash ington State University. Lecturer in Psychology.

Em· NO II . H EI L E R B.A., mh r51 'olleg ; M.A., Columbia Teachers College ; LL.B., University of Pennsylvania. Assistanl in Business Administration.

1 6 3

LEO ' A B O \,II L LI A,Vl I I OLDE B.S. , ::U " University of �f i nnesota ; Ph.D .. Stanford Un iversi ty. A""i"tant in Edllca t i o n .

C H A R L ES H. HOWE B.A., M . . , Uni versity of Washington. Assi stant in Education.

A LI rE BOl D HYKES B.A., Oklahoma College for Women : M.A . . Un iversi ty of Texas. saistan t In Engli�h.

f A RC A R ET A. KEBLIlEK

B.A . . Western Washington Colle Ye of Educat ion ; ]I.'l .A. , Cen tral Washi ngton Col le!!c of Educa t ion . Assistant in Education.

f Y RTLE r. �Ll(' L E N. N n.A., Un i n : r' i t v of Pllget Sound ; M.A., Columbia Un iversi ty : further gradu· ate study, Pennsylvania State University. ssistnnt in Educat ion .

.lOF! l\ IEDNIS t1.S., J c lgava Teachers Col lege, Latvi a : B.D., orthwestern Lutheran The· ologiea l Sem inary. A ssbtant in Russian.

ITA Y O F. N \·I E ES A.B., n iversi ty of Cal i forn ia ; 1.A., Ph.D., Universi ty of Washington. Lee· turer in Psychology_

rronERT J. TARO EY [3.. " �1.S . . Uni\'ersity of Oregon, Ph.D., Univer�itr of Colorado. Assistant i n Psychology.

C U RTI S F. PETER . Ol"i A . fl . , ]\·I .B .A . , H a rvard. As�istant in Busine. s dministrat ion .

LA W R ENCE PUT M A N Il. A . , M . A ., niven;itl' o f Washi ngton. A ssistan t i n Sociology.

JO B I C. H. A i\I E R A . B . , G<et ty"h l l rg Col l ege ; M.S., Wash i ngton State U niversi ty : Ph.D., U n iver· sity of Wa,hi n�ton. Lecturer in P ychologl'.

W ILU A }! l\lONROE R I LEY B.A., Colora do Col lege. Assistant i n Business A dm i n istration.

G E R A L D E. SU-Ul\lKE B.A ., Pacific: Lutheran University ; M .B.A., Harvard. Assistant i n Business A d m i n istration.

ROBERT F.. SCHMlD B.A., University of PIl�et Sound . A ssistant i n General En�ineering.

A RTH R N. SCHWA RTZ

A.B., Concordia Seminary ; Ph.D., Washington University. Lecturer in Psy· chology.

M R I E SKA R SHAU G B.A., U n iversi ty of Puget Soun d . • o\ss istan t i n Education.

LOU I S J. SOUZA B.S., ·M.S., S pri ngfield College. Assistant in Heal th and Pbysical Education.

1 6 4

CARL W. SVEDBERG B.Mus., Eastman School of Music. Assi stant in Music.

AN K. TR EMAINE A .Music, U n iversity of Oregon. Assistant in Music.

HUGH J . T DOR B.A., Simpson Academy ; M.A., Ph.D. , Un iversi ty of Iowa. Assistan t In Pol ito ical Sc ience.

K A T J-I E R Y N WHITE B.A ., Western Wash i ngton State Col lege ; M.A., Columbia University. A"ist· ant i n Education.

EDW A R D S. WATTS A"istant in IllL';iness A dm i nistratio n .

R I C H n o M . WILKINS B . .• Uni versi ty of Oregon. A ssistant i n Business Adm inistration.

Library FH A N K J-TA 1IlTLTON H A LE Y, 195 1 ·

Libraritln B.A. , Willamcttc Universi ty, 1 935 ; B.D., Drew U n iversi ty, 1945 ; A.B.L.S., U n i \'(ers i ty of Wash ington, 1%0.

TmOR IlA RTEKY, 1 96.) Social Sciences LiiJrarian .

M .L.S., Uni\'ersity of Sou thern California, 1 961 ; Ph.D., Law, Ph.D., Pol i t i c a l S( ' ience, 1 9'�8, 1 95 1 , Pazmany U n iversi ty, Budapest.

DOROTHY M. �IT A V ER, 1963 Fin'c A rts Li/miTirlll .B.A., Augustana Col lege, 1961 ; M.L.S., Denvcr Un iversi ty. 1 902.

A L M A lOLDER , 1961-Refcrcncf'. Librarian Teaching Cprt i li l 'ate, Luther Co l lege, Regi na, 19:{2 ; B.S., T. C. Columbia U n i versi ty, 1960 ; ;\1 . . L.S., University of Wash ington, 1 961.

merili 1I'l AG. U N DTVEOT, 19't7, Professor EmcriLU� of History, 1 963

B . . , 51 . Oluf College, 1 91 7 ; A.i'lI., Columbia Universi ty, 1920 ; B.Th., Luther Thcological Seminary, 1925 ; Th . L Princeton Theologi cal Semi nary, 1928 : Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1950.

NDEHS W I LLl A ? l RAMSTA , 1 925, Professor Emeritus of ChemiSir)" 1961 B.A., SI. Olaf Collegc, 1914 ; Cando Theol., Luther Theological Seminary, 1918 ; r. '., University of Washington, 1 936 ; further graduate study, Un iver­sity of Washington ; L.H.D., Lu th"r College, 1 960.

CEO REN EAU, 1933, Professor Emeritus of Sociology, 1952 I'h.B . • Ph.M., niversity of Chicago, 1900, 1 9 1 0

J O E:F E [ t L R U 'N ING, 1 948, A ssistant Professor Emeritus of Mathematics, 1 961 B.A ., St. Olaf Col lege , 1 9 1 6 ; 1\1. ., University of l\o[i nnesota, 194 1 .

1 1 1 1 H I ( , I fFH

FACULTY COMMTTfEES 1 963- 1964

1'h(, first-named mf'mher of each ('om m i ttee. is the c.hairm a n . The Prr:sident is an r-x-ofTi r . io memher of al l com m ittees. The Dean of the U n iversity is un ex-olli c i o mem her of aeademic com m i t tees.

Admin islrative ( :ommille

COM M ITTEE ON CO;VrMITTEES : A nder!'on , Farmer, Pierson.

A R TIST ERIES : Gil lwru;on, El herson, Govig. A dvisory members : Christensen, lz in .ger.

ATlILETI C : Kn u dsen , Pederson, Stein. Advisory nwln hers : Karl, Sal7.m a n .

F A ULTY WELFA R E : Young, Hagen, Rohen Olsen.

FI A . l A L AS I T fCE : Farmer, Pierson, ehas. Peterson. Advisory mem­hprs : Buc-hal l"n, Oanielson.

LJ::r :T R E SER IES : Sehnaekenberg, Koppitc:h, Sjod ing.

R ELI G IO l5S CTI l1'rE5 : Kuethe, Knapp, G i ddings. Advisory memhers : Lars. p;aarcl, J oe.

SOeT:\ L : A rko, Tol lefson, Doughty. A dvisory member : Dougherty.

ST D A R D : R istuben, Gui l ford, Jordahl. A dvisory m embers : Solberp;, W i ck-�t rom.

STUD ]\ 1' ACT]\ TI ES A D WELFA R E : K i ttelson , Gerh .ei m , Weher, Ad­v isory mem hers : Solherg, Wick.'5torm.

AC'adem ic Com m illee.� :

A I X 'vI lSSJO IS : H. A dams, Elwell , Ostenson. Advisory members : Dan iebon, I 1 aup;c, Knorr.

I':D C TIOi'\AL POLIClES : A rbaugb, Ranson, Anderson, C h ristensen, Govi!!, T T i l lgC'r. !\rh'isory memhers : Hauf;e, Knorr.

J . l B R A R Y : Huestis, Lucille Johnson, Weber. Advisory memhers: Hagen, l Ialey.

STUDENT ACADEMIC STATU S : Salzman, Stein, H iJIger_ Advisory members : Buchanan, Hauge, Knorr, Solberf;, Wickstrom.

PURI .ICATIONS : Reigstad, Spangler, Blomquist. Advisory members : Hauge, Knorr, Kunkle.

A l u m n i Association 1963-1964

Presidcnt . .

Vice-Presidcnt

ccretary . .

. . . Carl T. Fynhoe

Donald E. Strandness

. Lawrence J . Hauge

Graduates 1963

Bl1chelor of Arl

Daniel Swem;on A l ne Eldon Dean A nde"en Con rad George A n derson Richard Michael Bakken Will iam Henry B n tterrn ann Dan A l ien Bechtel Dale Edward Ben,on Entee Lee Bi ndel Michael David Bowen Ono Henry Brandt Carole Joy Ilyherp; Joanne May Chalk

Keith . Charbo neau Choa-Liang Chow .fames Alan Dolan Julie Rae Drinkard Dnncan Worth D u p ree Thomas Michael El l iott Yvonne Carol ine Englund Ralph Wayne Erickson

n ne Kathleen Fennessy Lawrence Kenneth Gervais Gerald Victor Gettis Sherwood Ralph Glover Gwendolyn Grace Goldenrnan Karl A . E. ron berg Robert Lee Grm's Ric hard Graydon Hagerty Carl E. Hale Charles B_ Halladay Alice Rose Hammerstrom Ronald Lee Hanna M ichael W. Healy William Ronald Heyer Philip William Hult Judith Sharon J acobs Sand.ra Kay ] ohnson

orman Gregg J u gger! John Michael elly Ronald Benja min Kl i ngenstein Marilyn Kristi Knudtson

6 7

Will iam l'vl atthew Koll Will iam An drew Kuder Jon l I oward Kvi nstand

.Jenny Wills Leacb Robert J�an LeBlanc W i l l iam Roger Lewis Eric A rthur L i n d hol m Thomas Wal ter Lowe Cletus V i n cent Lyneh, .Ir. Michael HUf!h �,facdonalrl John Phi l i p 1'vfade5 Richard Gabriel Mahan R ichard Edwin Mann, Jr. J ua n ita Alma vl atkovich

orrna Jean l'I.fer ri l l Dale Douglas i'la,mun \Verner Fra nz cttcr ]ames B e njamin Olsen Rohert Carl Olsen, .I r.

Hodger Lynn Olson

;lerlyn Keith Overland Kathleen Woodley Perry Maureen A l ice Peterson J effrey Lynn Probstfielcl Jerry Ralph Protextor

orine Kay Radovich Karen Elaine Ritlanu David Glenn Rucker

Gerald Her:ehcl Hutherford Mamie Jeanine Pearsall Sanders Roger Wayne Siblemd Donald Eugen e Sla ter John Rohert Stewart Ra n dolph Eugene Stime Karen Helene Swin dl an d Thomas Andre Turula Christy Noreen Ulleland

Leroy arI ppendah] George orman Vigelanu, J r.

Paul Christian Wold

Buehelor of S i ne

Janice Carol B enson Kenneth A l hert Carlson A Iden Erickson, J r. Gerald Gene Fla.<kprud Paul orman Hah·or �lut t Carl I I c m rn i n i! Thcodorr, R onald T lt'11 n i n g R o hert R a y Howard

Janvrin O. J en k i nso n Rona ld . harles Koharski

'erald David Lohn Mari l y n RLlth L u n d b l a d R i c h a r d Frank \,rc G i n n is W i l l is Kent Peterson .l ohn A n dre .. Stevr.n'i Davi d Anton Y okers

Bachelor of Sciem:e in Medlcnl Tedmology

Sharon L o u i c e Gral ram

n .. ·lwI4)r of Uu" in .. �" Admini�tr"lioD

EUf(cne 'ayne B l ack Wa l l a,..' Eup:ene Chri,;tophen'on ROf.!tT Carl Gustafson

Bachelor of Arl� in ',ducalion

B ruce Roy Alexander

Susan Marie A lI1 undsCA J oyee Lucille Lundmark A ndcrson Patrkia A n n At terberry (:oralie A n n e Balch Howard M i l lett B l akel v Marilyn Louise Hoe Ronald J . Boomer Carolyn I\!arf;aret Breuer V i rg i n i a K. Brie�ll1ej�tf'r

A n n Marl e n e Broten

N et ha V. Brown O[l\' i d A lexander Cameron Gera l d Frarwis C a p f "

. I ames Art h u r Castlel,crry aren A nette Ceder

Hoss D w igh t C h i t t i m [{ir · h a rJ ( : ham p C la rk .I a n ice IVf arilyn Coltorn Eugene R o n a l d Cook

Robert Eurrene 'orey Lois Jeanne Corn . 1 1 . 'I a" I. COLl!"h Eleanor lurie Ol"on Culver GeralJ A. Curti, Ruby J. Danford

Patri c i a Anne L i n l-!;cl l Jadl

[dward 'rarvin J aeolr"on John A lan '\!art i l l a Thoma I l cnry Wood, Jr.

Deanna Jean Dirks Ei leen G ayI' Edhcrp;

huron Elaine El l i son

.l oan Ruth Enders

ConSUlrlc(� Loui�c Enp:v al l Lavon n e Carol Erdahl Karen R. Espel and Geralrl Keith Evan son R osal y n Barbara Foster Fa n n i n

J a n ice \1 ay Fan n on Kaj"(�n E l ise Fedt Carol Ann F i n ney

Ca rol .J oyce t'instuen V i o l a Louise Fitchett Puul Lee Flatn t'''S

D o n n a Ca m p hel l Franks Kent Kei th Fre.ernan l on e Lil l ian Frye R ay Ga hbard I{ep; na E. Gap;e Louise J ames Galkowski Gerald Ernest Get tel .l ohanna ]\lf. ""vinp; Ral ph Dennis GraedeI Mayme Doreen Grimm neth Kindred Grove

l\Inry Kathleen GTover

Patty Ann Hagerman Edna Serena nancberg

Lenora Ingri d Han en Karren Lea Hanson Gretchen Louise Hax Lorrine Vivian H el land Paula Jane Heyer

Margaret Lee H o l l i s

.lames P. Holli�ter

Dorothy B. H reha Jol i ta Dian Hy l la nd K a rleen Karol Tsaacson Rohert Ernest Johnson

Shirley Evelyn Johnson Judi th Ann Perry Kllsper!'.on Thelma A l iee Kem pf

Thelma ' orine Kepka James A rthur King

Josepl;l Dale Kistler Joanne Bjork Klein Irwrn Krigsman

uney A n n Krogel Ida Maude Celia Krogh Phi l l i p Gordon Lun flston

Kenneth Dean Larson

Richard Lee La timer

!Vlarguerite L. Lehert Claudia A n n Lewis

Marian Patterson Logan

Janet Marie Ludwig Bonn ie Marjorie Luehmunn Lyla Pense MeClain Douglas Marvin McClary Valerie Frances McCreedy A llan Neil l\'lcLean Joan Barbara 1aier Carol Louise Mani Ervin Harold Marlow

Clyde Howard Mi ller

Carol Jerome Moser Judith Karen Munger

Uachelor of Fine Arts

Carolyn E lai ne MoeHri ng

GH U T •

Mllrit Hertha Myhre

Bonnie Jean 'eal

Garry Dean eycrs EI,ie Maric Nielsen Charles Ami icmi C laud ia A n n Olsen Gary Will iam OI,on :\ melia A. ' cill . Joan M aun-'en Patterson

elores Louise Pease

Leone v!. Pete.Tson Mar jorie Glenn Platt

Delores F.!a ine Rasmllssen

Thel ma .Tean Heeve Gloria Karen Reinert�on Phyllis Jean Hhine

Carol J ean Robinson 'elius ess Ron ning

Dwain Day Sa nders Linda Marie Sather Joy O'Neil Schnathorst Susan Elai ne Scho(!h :'I'lnri ., G. Scott A rleen Lillian Searle

Karen A n n Sharp

Melba I. Sovde

9

lnabelle June Larson Stanaway Dorothy Louise Sturdivant Alfred L. Svi n t h J u dy A nn Swenson

10 Anne Threewit Sharon Kay Tobiasen

Helen '1auseth Tomherg Jeane Inrie Tousley Mary Jean Undl in

Eugenia Crosby Wardenaar Edna .l ane Waters

lice Mae Wen ness

Norma LOll W i lgus

Margaret Sagen Woldseth Lorra ine Evangel ine Woyen

Robert Zimmerman, Jr.

Bachelor of ci encc in ur in T

Be ulah Em il y flu,s Joan l i ldred Cornell

A tTid A n dersen Gabrielson Ruth Laurine Gun derson

Bonnie ae Hagernlnn

MarIa Dee Hepner

Elizabeth Carlene Heuer

Nita J oanne Hoines

Linda Gai l Hood La \V anda Lee [Haple

MIl ter or Arts

Philip - fart in Baer"locher Melvi n Lowell Brobf'rp:

Terra nce Ralph Brown

Praka h Wil mot DeSilva lver B. El iason

Honorary Degree--Doctor of Divinity

nel Gi lbert Fjel i rll£ln

Carol nne 1: inshull

Evely n nn 0 berg Di ane Adell Reinhol d Judith Marie Richter

DQrca� I-Iaines Riddle

!ertyc:e Marion Sanders Leone Margaret Vorvic:k

Carol Jean Walters Irene Ella Welch

Alice White Fort], Clarice Annette Gunderson Betty Ann Hanson

i cholas Keith Yost

StatisL ical SUJ71nzary 1963-64

ENROLLMENT

Graduates

Seniors .

Juniors .

Sophomore5 .

Freshmen

Special,,: Music Lessons On ly Auditors . . . Other Specials .

Extension

Tolal Regular School Year

ummer Session Enrol lment, 1 96.3

Total

Stu dents Counted Twice

NET TOTAL

GEOGRAPffiCAL DISTRIBUTION

Washi ngton Oregon . California

Montana .

Idaho

North Dakota A laska

Minnesota

Hawaii .

Iowa

i 'eonsin

evada . Colorado

A rizona

J'vl ichigan

New York

South Dakota

Wyoming

District of Colum bia

Indiana . iVlayland .

Massachusetts

j ebraska

ew Mexico .

Tennessee

�fen 168

201

2 12

2 10

26.3

6 34 1 7 67

1 1 7!l

3 1 1

1489

1 32

1357

1 7 1

Women

1 65

1 79

190

238

307

1 5

5

69

1 159

590

1 749

2 1 3

1 5;�6

Total

3:)3

.380

402

448

570

7

39 22

1 36

2.3:)7

901

3238

345

2893

2339

1 8:3

147

75

31

25

1 8

18

7

5

5

4

;)

2 2 2 2 2

1 7 2

Utah

Virginia

Canada

Madap;ascar

Sweden

Hong Kong

Kenya

Philippines .

Tanganyika

Thailand

TOTAL

Sl TI rJ

R ELIGIOUS AFFI UATIONS

LU lheran

Th . ALe .

LeA .

Mi ouri .

Wiscon�in

orwegian

U n la ' i lied

Total LuLh rans

Other Denominations

Methodiot

Presbyterian .

Baptist

Catholic

Episcopal ian .

Independent Churches

ongregational

Christ ian

Pe n tecosts I Latter Day ai nts

Christian Science

eventh Day Adventist

U n i tarian

Quakers . J ewish

,ovenant

Greek Orthodox .

Unclassified .

Total Non·Lutheran

GRAND TOTAL

I �U m \ H \

1

4 :3 2

1 1

2893

1 145 213

95 4

158

1616

200 194 128 1 18

81 65 29 25 18 18 14 13 10

5 5 2 2

350 1277

289.�

1 7 4

Index

Academir Organization _ 37

Academic Preparation 53

Academic Probation 35

Academic Procedures 34 Accreditation 9 Activities 27

Athletic 28

Departmental 29

General 28 Honorar ' 28 M usical 29

Publications 29 Rel igious 29

A dministrative Oflicers 152-153

Admissions 1 3 Advanced Placement Program 1 5

Auditors 1 5 Early Acceptance 14

Early dmission . 1 4

Graduate Studies 15

Procedures 13

Special Students 15

Tmnsfer Students H A dvanced Placement Program 1 5

A dviser. 26

Alumni Association . 10, 166

Art Ruildinl!; 1 1 Arts and Sciences, College of 38

Athletics 28

Automobiles 30

Board and Room 18

Board of Col lel!;c Education 152 Board of Regents 151

Book Store 27

Rui ld in�, University 1 1 Business Administration, School of 44

Calendar Campus Certification

6, 7 10, 1 77

49, 50

Changes in Registration 34 Chapel and Class Responsibilities 26 Church Ofliciab 151 , 152 Classi fication of Students 36

Classroom Ruilding 1 1 Clover Creek Hall 12

Clubs 28, 29

Coffee Shops 27

College Entrance Examination Board Tests . 14

College of A rts and Sciences 38

Collegc o f Profe�sional and Graduate Stnd ies 44

College Union Building 11 Columbia Center 1 1 Community Life 30

Cost, Estimate 18 Counseling Services 26 Course Load 34

Courses of Instruction Art

Biology . Business Adnlinistration Chemistry

Economics Education

English Foreign Languages

Classics French

78-149 78 81

85

90 95 97

103

107 108 110

German 109

Greek 107

Latin 108

orwegian 1 1 0

Russian I I I

Spanish I I I

General Engineering I I I

Geography _ _ 1 1 1

Geology 1 1 2

Health and Physical Education 1 1 2

History _ 1 1 7

Journalism 120

{athematics 120 Music 12.3

ursing 1 2 8

Philosophy 129

Physical Educat ion 112

Physics .- 130

Pol i t i c a l Science 1 33

Psychology . 136

Religion B9

Science ( General ) 142 Sociology 1 42 Speech 146

Cramer Cottage 1 2

Deb'!" es .38, '14, 1 \ 7, 65, 69

Depository for Students 20

Drama!i"" 28

Eastvold Chape l 1 1

Educatio� School of 47

Eligib i l ity ,36

E m p loYlllent , tll c le n t 27 Enrollment 1 7 J Entrance Requirements 1 3, 1,� Eve n i n u Classes E,crgreen Conferenee

Evergreen Cou rt

Faculty

Faculty Com m ittees Fees

General iusic

S p 'cio.l

Fi fth Year Requi rements Finance"

Financial A i d

32

28 1 2

1 0, 1 53-1 6'1

166

1 7

1 7

1 7

Fine a n d A pplied Arts, School o f

1 7

49

1 7

2 1 Ii4 27 Food Service

Geographical Distribution Covernment of the Un iversity

Grade Points

1 7 1

9

35

D �

1 7 5

Grades 35

Graduates ( 1963 ) 167-170

Graduate Studies, D ivision of 73 Graduation Honors 36

Graduat i o n ReqnircmPllts :17

A lso, see the Colleges and Schools Gymnasium

Harstad Hall H ealth Service, Student History o f the U n i ver&ity Honor Cou rses Honors at Entrance Housing

Ivy Court

Late A r ternoon and Eveninl"

Li brarv

Loan Funds

Locat ion of Un iversity

M ajors . -f a · ter of A rts Del':ree Medical Tcchnolor;y Course

Mooring Mast

1 1

1 2

12, 25

8

36

1 5

31

1 2

Cia - 5 .'32

1 1 , 1 64

22

8

:38 75, 76

40

29

ational Defense Education Act

orth Hall

22

1 2

78

69

um bering ysteITI

Nu rsi ng, School o f

ODjectives o f t h e Un iver ity

Orientation

Ownershi p a n d Su pport

Parish Work

P yments Pflueger H ttl l

Ph sical Exam i n a t i o n

TJhysician and Nurse Placement Servic�

l }n=� -Prorcssional Programs. Pre-Dental Pre-Engi nceri n (Y

Pre-Law

4

23

9

43, 4 ] 9

1 2

1 4 2 5

27

4�\ 41, 12

42

7

Pre-Medicine Pre-Theolo�y

Presiden t 's Re�i den('e

P inci pal's Credentials

Programs for Careers

Rasmussen l I a l l

Refunds

Regist.:r. The

egistration

DF

el igious A ll i l iat ion

Requirement�, Entrance

Requirements, Graduat ion

Re�idencc l Ial ls

Room A�si�nnH�nts

Sa�a

cholarshi p Hcquiremcnts

Sc:holan;il i ps

42, 4:3

44

1 2

51

41

12

19

1 5 J

:11-1 72

B, 1 4 :17

12. 31

30

29 21

School of I3usiness A d m i n istrat ion

2 1 , 22 4'1

tl7 64 69 30

1 1

44

12 15

chool o f Eduealion

School o f Fine and Appli!'d Arts

School o f Nursinp;

Scheduling

Science Hal l oeial Work

South Hall

Specia l Students

tandard Cert i fication

Statistic:al Summary

49

1 7 1 , 172

Student Affairs . tudl'nt Body

Student Congrcp;ation

Student Health Center

Student Loan Funds

tudent Organizat ions

Student Publicat ions

Stud!'nt Teaehing

Stucn f lai l

Summl'r Session

Sym bols

Table of Con tents

Tacoma·Pi erce A dmi nistration Bui ld inp;

Talent Awards

Teacher Edu cat ion

Testing Service

Tuition

Uni versity, The

Un iversity I3uilding.s

Univen,ity Co"t;;

Un iversity Requirements

Upper J)ivi�ion

VI'terans A ffairs

Warehouse and Shop�

West Hal l

Withdrawal from Courses

23 1 0

29 12 , 25

22 27·'29

29

51-5.':1

1 1 32 78

3

1 1

22 5 Vi3

25

17

8 I I 17 37 7n

26

1 2

12

35

/ . 1 / 2l / .. ,

I